1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19640 47194))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
103 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
104 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
111 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
115 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
116 Completion is available.
118 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
122 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
123 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
124 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
125 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
126 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
131 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
132 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
133 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
134 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
136 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
138 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
139 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
140 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
144 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
145 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
146 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
147 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
148 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
149 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
151 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
153 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
154 Prompt for a change log name.
158 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
159 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
161 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
162 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
163 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
164 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
166 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
167 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
168 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
170 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
171 current buffer to the complete file name.
172 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
174 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
176 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
177 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
178 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
179 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
181 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
182 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
184 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
186 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
187 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
188 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
190 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
191 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
192 after a comma on an existing line.
194 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
195 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
199 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
203 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
205 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
207 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
208 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
209 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
210 the change log file in another window.
212 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
214 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
215 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
216 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
217 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
218 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
219 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
221 \\{change-log-mode-map}
225 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
226 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
228 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
229 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
231 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
232 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
234 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
235 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
237 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
238 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
240 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
241 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
242 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
243 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
244 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
246 Has a preference of looking backwards.
250 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
251 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
252 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
253 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
256 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
257 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
259 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
263 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
264 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
265 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19598 13691))
266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
268 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
269 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
270 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
271 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
272 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
273 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
274 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
275 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
276 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
277 interpreted as `error'.")
279 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
281 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
282 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
283 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
284 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
285 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
286 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
287 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
288 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
290 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
292 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
293 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
295 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
297 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
298 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
300 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
302 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
303 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
305 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
306 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
307 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
308 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
309 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
311 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
312 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
315 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
316 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
317 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
318 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
319 mapped to the closest extremal position).
321 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
322 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
323 the cache-id will clear the cache.
325 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
327 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
329 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
330 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
331 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
332 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
333 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
334 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
335 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
336 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
337 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
338 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
339 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
340 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
341 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
342 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
343 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
344 definition will always be cached for later usage.
346 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
348 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
349 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
350 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
352 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
353 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
356 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
357 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
358 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
359 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
360 see also `ad-add-advice'.
361 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
362 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
363 before/around/after-advices will be used.
364 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
365 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
366 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
367 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
368 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
369 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
371 Semantics of the various flags:
372 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
373 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
374 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
376 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
377 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
379 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
380 advised function should be compiled.
382 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
383 during activation until somebody enables it.
385 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
386 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
387 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
388 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
390 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
391 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
392 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
393 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
394 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
397 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
398 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
399 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
402 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
404 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
408 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
409 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
410 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19598 13691))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
413 (autoload 'align "align" "\
414 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
415 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
416 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
417 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
418 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
419 rule's `separate' attribute).
421 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
422 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
423 `separate' attribute set.
425 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
426 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
427 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
428 on the format of these lists.
430 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
432 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
433 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
434 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
435 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
436 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
437 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
438 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
439 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
440 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
441 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
444 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
445 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
449 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
452 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
453 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
454 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
456 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
459 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
461 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
462 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
465 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
468 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
469 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
470 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
471 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
472 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
473 been used to align that section.
475 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
478 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
479 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
480 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
481 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
482 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
485 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
487 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
488 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
493 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
499 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
500 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
501 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
503 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
505 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
507 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
509 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
511 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
513 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
515 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
517 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
519 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
521 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
523 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
525 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
527 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
529 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
531 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
536 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
539 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
540 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
541 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
543 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
544 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
545 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
546 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
547 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
550 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
552 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
553 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
554 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
555 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
556 - easy topic encryption and decryption
557 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
558 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
559 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
561 and many other features.
563 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
564 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
565 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
566 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
567 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
569 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
570 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
571 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
572 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
573 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
574 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
575 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
576 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
580 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
581 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
582 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
583 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
584 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
588 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
589 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
590 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
591 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
592 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
593 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
594 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
595 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
596 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
597 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
600 Topic Header Production:
601 -----------------------
602 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
603 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
604 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
606 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
607 ---------------------------------
608 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
609 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
610 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
612 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
613 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
614 are alternated according to nesting depth.
615 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
616 the offspring are not affected.
617 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
619 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
620 ----------------------------------
621 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
622 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
623 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
624 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
625 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
626 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
627 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
628 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
630 Topic-oriented Encryption:
631 -------------------------
632 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
633 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
637 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
638 and establish a default file-var setting
640 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
641 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
642 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
643 buffer with name derived from derived from that
644 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
645 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
646 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
647 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
649 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
654 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
655 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
656 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
657 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
659 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
660 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
661 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
662 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
664 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
665 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
666 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
669 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
670 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
690 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
691 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
692 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
693 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
694 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
695 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
696 at the beginning of the current entry.
700 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
701 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
702 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
705 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
706 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
707 `allout-structure-added-hook'
708 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
709 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
713 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
715 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
716 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
717 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
719 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
720 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
721 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
723 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
726 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
727 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
730 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
732 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
734 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
736 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
738 Topic text constituents:
740 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
742 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
743 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
745 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
746 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
747 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
748 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
749 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
750 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
751 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
754 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
757 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
758 It can be customized by changing the setting of
759 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
761 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
762 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
763 program code without interfering with processing of the text
764 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
765 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
766 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
767 docstring for more detail.
769 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
770 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
771 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
772 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
773 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
774 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
775 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
776 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
777 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
778 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
779 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
782 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
783 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
785 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
786 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
788 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
789 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
790 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
792 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
794 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
796 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
797 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
799 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
800 setup for auto-startup.
802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
806 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
807 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19619 52030))
808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
810 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
812 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
813 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
814 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
815 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
816 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
817 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
819 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
821 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
824 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
828 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
829 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19562 42953))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
832 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
833 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
834 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
835 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
836 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
837 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
838 in the current window.
840 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
842 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
843 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
844 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
846 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
848 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
849 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
850 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
852 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
856 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
857 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19598 13691))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
860 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
861 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
865 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
866 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
868 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
869 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
870 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
871 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
873 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
874 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
876 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
878 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
882 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
883 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19619 52030))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
886 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
887 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
888 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
889 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
890 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
893 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
894 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
895 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
898 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
899 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
900 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
901 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
905 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
906 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
911 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
912 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
913 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
919 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
920 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
923 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
924 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
925 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
926 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
927 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
928 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
930 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
932 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
933 Toggle checking of appointments.
934 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
935 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
941 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
942 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
943 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19598 13691))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
946 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
947 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
948 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
949 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
951 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
952 kind of objects to search.
954 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
956 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
957 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
958 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
959 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
960 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
961 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
963 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
968 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
970 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
971 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
978 noninteractive functions.
980 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
981 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
983 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
984 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
986 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
988 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
989 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
991 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
993 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
994 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
995 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
996 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
998 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
999 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1000 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1001 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1003 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1004 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1006 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1008 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1011 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1012 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1013 thus be found in `load-history'.
1017 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1018 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1019 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1020 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1021 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1022 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1024 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1025 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1026 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1028 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1030 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1031 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1032 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1033 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1034 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1035 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1037 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1038 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1040 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19562
1048 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1050 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1051 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1052 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1053 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1054 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1055 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1057 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1058 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 \\{archive-mode-map}
1063 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19640 47194))
1068 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1070 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1071 Major mode for editing arrays.
1073 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1074 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1075 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1077 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1079 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1080 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1081 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1083 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1084 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1085 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1086 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 Variables you assign:
1090 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1091 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1092 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1093 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1094 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1095 row numbers in the buffer.
1097 Variables which are calculated:
1098 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1099 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1101 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1102 take a numeric prefix argument):
1104 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1105 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1106 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1107 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1109 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1110 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1111 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1112 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1114 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1115 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1116 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1117 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1119 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1120 between that of point and mark.
1122 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1123 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1125 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1126 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1127 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1128 newlines inside rows)
1130 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1132 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1138 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19640
1140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1142 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1144 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1145 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1146 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1148 How to quit Artist mode
1150 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1153 How to submit a bug report
1155 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1158 Drawing with the mouse:
1161 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1162 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1166 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1170 --------------------------------------------------------------
1171 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1173 --------------------------------------------------------------
1174 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1204 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1205 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1206 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1210 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1211 overwrite means the opposite.
1213 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1214 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1215 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1217 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1219 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1220 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1222 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1223 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1224 are currently drawing something.
1226 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1230 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1231 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1236 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1238 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1240 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1242 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1244 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1245 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1247 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1252 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1253 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1254 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1255 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1256 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1257 When pasting: Pastes
1259 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1261 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1263 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1264 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1265 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1266 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1267 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1268 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1273 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1274 of the line/poly-line
1276 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1277 of the line/poly-line
1282 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1284 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1285 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1286 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1287 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1288 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1289 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1290 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1291 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1292 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1293 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1294 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1295 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1296 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1297 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1298 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1302 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1303 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1308 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1309 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1311 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1312 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1313 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1314 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1315 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1316 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1317 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1318 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1319 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1320 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1321 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1322 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1323 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1324 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1325 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1326 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1327 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1328 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1329 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1333 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1334 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1341 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1345 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19562
1347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1349 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1350 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1351 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1353 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1354 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1355 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1358 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1359 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1361 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1362 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1364 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1373 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1374 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
1375 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1377 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1378 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1379 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1381 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1383 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1384 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1385 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1386 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1387 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1388 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1389 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1390 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1391 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1392 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1395 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1396 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1398 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1399 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1401 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1405 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1406 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1407 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1410 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1412 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1414 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1415 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1416 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1417 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1418 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1419 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1421 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1428 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1431 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1432 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1438 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1439 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19591 62571))
1440 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1442 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1443 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1444 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1449 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1450 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1451 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1453 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1455 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1456 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1457 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1460 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1462 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1464 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1465 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1466 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1467 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1469 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1470 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1477 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1478 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
1479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1481 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19562 42953))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1576 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1577 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1579 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1580 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1581 to revert a particular buffer.
1583 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1584 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1585 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1586 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1587 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1589 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1590 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1591 specifies in the mode line.
1593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1597 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1598 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19562 42953))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1601 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1602 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1603 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1605 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1607 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1609 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1610 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1611 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1612 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1614 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1615 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1616 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1618 Effects of the different modes:
1619 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1620 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1621 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1622 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1623 a random distance & direction.
1624 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1625 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1626 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1628 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1630 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1631 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1632 definition of \"random distance\".)
1634 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1638 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1639 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1641 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1643 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1644 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1645 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1646 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1650 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1651 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1652 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1655 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1657 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1659 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1660 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1661 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1662 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1663 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1670 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1671 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19562 42953))
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1674 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1675 Time execution of FORMS.
1676 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1677 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1679 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1680 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1681 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1683 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1685 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1686 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1687 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1688 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1689 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1691 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1693 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1694 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1695 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1696 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1697 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1699 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1703 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1704 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19598 13691))
1705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1707 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1708 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1709 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1710 of corresponding buffers.
1711 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1712 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1713 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1714 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1715 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1716 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1718 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1720 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1721 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1723 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1725 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1726 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1727 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1728 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1730 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1731 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1732 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1733 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1734 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1736 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1737 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1740 Special information:
1742 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1744 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1745 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1746 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1747 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1748 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1749 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1750 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1751 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1752 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1753 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1754 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1756 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1757 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1758 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1759 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1760 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1761 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1762 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1763 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1765 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1767 ----------------------------------------------------------
1768 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1769 if that value is non-nil.
1775 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1776 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1777 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1778 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1779 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1780 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1781 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1782 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1783 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1784 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1786 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1791 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
1792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1794 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1795 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1801 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1802 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1803 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
1804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1806 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1810 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1812 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1814 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1815 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1817 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1819 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1820 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1826 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19562
1828 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1830 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1832 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1836 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1837 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1838 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1839 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1840 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1845 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1846 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1849 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1852 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1853 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1855 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1856 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1858 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1859 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1860 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1861 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1862 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1863 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1867 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1869 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1870 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1871 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1872 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1874 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1875 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1876 denoted by the letter `R'.
1878 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1879 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1880 denoted by the letter `H'.
1882 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1885 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1886 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1887 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1888 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1889 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1890 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1893 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1894 degree deflection it causes.
1897 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1898 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1899 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1900 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1901 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1902 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1903 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1907 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1908 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1912 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1914 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1921 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1922 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1923 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1924 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1925 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1926 emerging from the box.
1928 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1935 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1946 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1947 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1948 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1949 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1950 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19562 42953))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1952 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1953 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1954 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1956 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1957 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1958 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1959 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1960 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1961 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1962 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1964 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1965 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1966 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1968 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1969 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1970 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1971 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1972 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1975 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1976 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1977 yank successive words.
1979 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1980 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1981 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1982 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1983 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1985 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1986 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1987 the list of bookmarks.)
1989 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1991 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1992 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1993 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1994 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1995 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1998 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1999 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2000 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2001 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2003 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2004 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2006 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2007 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2008 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2010 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2012 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2013 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2015 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2017 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2018 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2019 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2021 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2022 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2023 after a bookmark was set in it.
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2028 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2029 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2031 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2032 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2034 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2036 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2038 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2039 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2040 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2041 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2043 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2045 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2046 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2047 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2049 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2050 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2053 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2056 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2057 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2064 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2066 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2067 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2068 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2070 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2071 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2072 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2073 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2074 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2075 probably because we were called from there.
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2079 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2080 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2081 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2085 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2086 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2087 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2088 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2091 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2092 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2093 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2094 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2095 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2097 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2098 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2099 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2100 `bookmark-default-file'.
2102 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2104 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2105 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2106 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2107 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2108 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2111 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2112 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2113 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2114 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2115 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2118 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2119 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2120 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2121 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2123 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2125 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2126 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2127 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2128 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2129 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2133 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2135 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2137 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2138 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2142 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2144 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2148 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2157 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2160 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2161 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2162 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2163 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2165 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2166 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2167 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2168 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2169 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2171 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2173 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2178 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2179 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2180 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2181 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2182 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2183 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2185 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2189 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2190 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2193 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2196 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2200 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2203 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2205 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2206 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2207 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2208 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2210 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2214 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2215 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2219 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2220 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2221 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2222 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2223 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2228 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2229 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2230 Default to the URL around or before point.
2232 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2233 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2234 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2235 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2237 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2238 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2240 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2241 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2243 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2245 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2248 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2250 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2251 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2252 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2253 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2255 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2256 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2257 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2258 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2260 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2261 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2262 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2264 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2265 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2267 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2269 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2270 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2271 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2272 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2274 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2275 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2276 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2277 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2280 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2281 new tab in an existing window instead.
2283 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2284 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2288 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2289 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2290 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2291 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2294 When called interactively, if variable
2295 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2296 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2297 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2298 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2300 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2301 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2302 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2304 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2305 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2307 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2308 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2309 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2310 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2311 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2312 URL in a new window.
2314 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2316 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2317 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2318 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2319 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2321 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2322 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2323 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2324 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2326 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2327 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2328 new tab in an existing window instead.
2330 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2331 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2333 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2338 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2342 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2343 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2345 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2346 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2347 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2348 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2359 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2360 program is invoked according to the variable
2361 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point.
2377 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2378 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2379 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2381 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2382 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2383 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2384 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2387 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2393 Default to the URL around or before point.
2395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2396 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2397 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2400 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2405 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2406 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2407 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2413 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2414 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2415 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2416 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2422 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2423 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2424 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2426 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2427 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2428 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2429 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2432 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2437 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2438 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2439 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2440 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2443 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2444 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2445 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2446 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2449 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2456 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2457 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2458 don't offer a form of remote control.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point.
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around the point.
2472 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2473 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2475 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2476 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19562
2484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2486 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2487 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2491 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2492 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2498 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2499 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19562 42953))
2500 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2502 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2503 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2504 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2505 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2509 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2510 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2511 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2512 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2516 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2517 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2521 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2522 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2524 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2525 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2526 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2527 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2529 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2530 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2531 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2532 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2533 name of buffer configuration.
2539 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19619 52030))
2540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2542 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2544 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2545 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2546 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2547 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2548 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2549 columns on its right towards the left.
2551 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2552 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2553 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2554 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2560 ;;;### (autoloads (list-buffers) "buff-menu" "buff-menu.el" (19598
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from buff-menu.el
2564 (define-key ctl-x-map "
\ 2" 'list-buffers)
2566 (autoload 'list-buffers "buff-menu" "\
2567 Display a list of names of existing buffers.
2568 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Buffer List*'.
2569 Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted.
2570 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
2572 For more information, see the function `buffer-menu'.
2574 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
2578 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2579 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19562 42953))
2580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2582 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2584 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2585 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2589 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2590 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2597 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2598 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2599 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2600 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2601 ;;;;;; (19640 50171))
2602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2603 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2604 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2608 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2609 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2614 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2615 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2616 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2617 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2618 else the global value will be modified.
2620 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2623 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2624 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2625 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2626 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2627 else the global value will be modified.
2629 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2631 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2632 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2633 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2635 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2638 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2639 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2640 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2642 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2643 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2644 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2645 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2646 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2649 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2650 that already has a `.elc' file.
2652 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2653 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2655 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2656 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2657 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2658 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2659 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2660 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2662 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2664 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2665 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2666 Print the result in the echo area.
2667 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2671 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2672 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2673 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2675 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2677 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2678 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2679 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2680 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2681 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2682 all functions called by those functions.
2684 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2685 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2688 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2689 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2690 invoked interactively.
2692 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2695 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2696 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2697 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2701 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2702 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2703 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2704 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2705 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2706 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2707 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2710 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2712 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2713 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2714 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2715 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2717 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2718 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2719 and corresponding effects.
2721 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19598
2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2729 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2731 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19598 13691))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2738 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2742 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2746 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2747 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2750 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2751 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2752 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2753 from the cursor position.
2755 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2757 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2761 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2762 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2763 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19591
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2766 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2768 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2769 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2774 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2776 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2781 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2784 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2788 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2789 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2790 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2791 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2793 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2795 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2796 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2797 This is most useful in the X window system.
2798 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2799 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2803 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2804 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2805 See calc-keypad for details.
2807 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2810 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2812 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2814 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2815 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2817 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2820 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2822 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2824 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2825 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2826 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2828 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2830 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2831 Define Calc function.
2833 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2834 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2835 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2837 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2838 actual Lisp function name.
2840 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2842 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2844 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19619
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19562
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19598 13691))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19598
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19640 47194))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19598 13691))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3357 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3438 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3440 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3443 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3444 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3445 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3447 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3449 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3450 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3451 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3453 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3455 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3459 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3460 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
3461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3463 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3464 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3465 There are no special keybindings by default.
3467 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3468 to the action header.
3474 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19562 42953))
3476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3478 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3479 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3480 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3484 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3485 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3486 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3492 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3498 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3499 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3500 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19640 47194))
3501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3502 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3505 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3506 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3513 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3514 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3515 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3516 the users will view as each check is completed.
3520 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3521 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3522 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3523 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3524 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3525 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3526 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3527 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3529 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3531 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3532 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3533 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3534 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3535 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3536 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3537 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3538 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3540 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3542 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3543 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3544 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3545 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3546 spacing are all verified.
3550 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3551 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3552 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3553 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3554 otherwise stop after the first error.
3556 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3559 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3560 Only documentation strings are checked.
3561 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3562 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3565 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3567 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3568 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3569 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3570 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3571 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3576 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3577 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3578 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3581 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3584 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3585 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3586 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3588 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3590 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3593 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3594 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3596 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3598 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3599 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3600 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3601 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3602 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3607 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3608 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3609 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3610 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3611 space at the end of each line.
3613 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3615 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3616 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3617 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3618 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3620 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3622 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3623 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3624 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3625 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3627 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3630 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3631 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3632 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3634 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3637 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3638 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3639 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3641 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3644 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3645 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3648 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3651 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3652 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3653 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3655 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3658 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3659 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3660 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3662 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3665 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3666 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3667 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3669 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3671 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3672 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3673 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3674 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3676 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3678 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3679 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3680 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3683 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3684 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3685 checking of documentation strings.
3687 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3693 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3694 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3695 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19562 42953))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3698 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3699 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3700 Return the length of resulting text.
3702 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3704 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3705 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3709 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3710 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3711 Return the length of resulting text.
3713 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3716 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3720 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3725 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3728 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3732 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3733 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19562 42953))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3736 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3737 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3738 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3739 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3740 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3741 editing and the result is evaluated.
3743 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3745 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3746 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3747 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3748 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3749 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3751 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3755 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3756 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3757 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3758 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3759 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3761 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3762 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3763 \\{command-history-map}
3765 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3766 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19640 47194))
3773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3775 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3776 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3777 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3778 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3779 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3780 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3782 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3783 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3787 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3788 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
3789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3791 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3792 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3793 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3794 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3795 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3796 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3797 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3800 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3801 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3802 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3805 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3806 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3808 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3809 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3810 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3811 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3812 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3813 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3814 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3815 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3816 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3817 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3818 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3819 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3821 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3822 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3823 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3825 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3826 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3827 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3830 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3832 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3834 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3836 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3837 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3839 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3840 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3842 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3843 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3844 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3845 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3846 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3847 value specified by their associated list element.
3849 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3851 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3852 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3853 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3855 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3856 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3857 * indent the first argument by 4.
3858 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3859 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3860 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3862 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3866 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3867 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
3868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3870 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3871 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3872 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3873 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3875 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3876 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3877 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3878 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3880 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3881 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3883 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3887 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19562
3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3891 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3892 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3893 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3894 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3895 of `scheme-program-name').
3896 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3897 it is given as initial input.
3898 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3899 discards input when it starts up.
3900 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3902 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3905 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3910 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3911 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3912 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3915 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3916 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3917 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3918 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3919 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3920 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3921 functions have already modified the buffer.
3923 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3925 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3926 either globally or locally.")
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3940 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3942 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3944 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3945 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3946 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3947 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3948 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3949 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3950 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3951 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3952 process as its initial input.
3954 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3956 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3958 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3960 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3961 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3962 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3963 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3964 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3965 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3967 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3969 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3970 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3971 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3972 directory tracking functions.")
3974 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3975 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3976 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3978 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3980 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3982 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3983 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3984 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3986 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3988 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3990 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3991 Send COMMAND to current process.
3992 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3993 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3995 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3997 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3998 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3999 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4000 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4002 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4010 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4011 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4012 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4013 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4015 This command pushes the mark in each window
4016 at the prior location of point in that window.
4017 If both windows display the same buffer,
4018 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4019 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4021 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4022 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4023 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4024 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4025 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4026 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4027 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4030 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4031 this command work in interlaced mode:
4032 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4033 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4034 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4036 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4040 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4041 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4042 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4043 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4044 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19619
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4048 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4049 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4051 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4053 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4054 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4055 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4056 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4057 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4058 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4059 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4061 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4063 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4064 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4066 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4068 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4069 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4070 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4071 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4072 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4073 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4074 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4076 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4077 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4078 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4079 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4080 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4082 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4083 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4084 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4085 describing how the process finished.")
4087 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4088 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4089 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4090 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4091 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4093 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4094 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4095 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4097 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4099 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4100 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4101 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4102 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4104 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4106 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4107 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4109 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4110 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4112 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4114 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4115 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4116 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4117 (concat \"make -k \"
4118 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4120 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4121 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4123 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4124 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4125 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4126 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4128 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4130 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4131 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4132 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4133 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4135 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4136 and move to the source code that caused it.
4138 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4139 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4141 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4142 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4143 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4144 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4146 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4147 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4148 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4149 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4151 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4152 kills its subprocesses.
4154 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4155 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4156 to a function that generates a unique name.
4158 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4160 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4161 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4162 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4163 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4165 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4166 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4168 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4169 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4170 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4171 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4173 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4174 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4175 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4177 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4179 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4181 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4182 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4183 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4184 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4185 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4187 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4189 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4191 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4193 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4194 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4195 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4196 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4197 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4198 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4199 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4203 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4204 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4205 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4206 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4207 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4208 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4212 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4213 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4214 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4216 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4220 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4221 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4224 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4225 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4226 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4229 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4231 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4233 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4234 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4241 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (19640
4243 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4245 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4246 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4247 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4248 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4250 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4252 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4253 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4254 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4255 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4258 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4259 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4261 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4262 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4266 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4267 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4268 With prefix arg, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if arg
4270 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4276 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4277 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4278 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4279 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4282 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4283 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4284 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4285 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4286 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4287 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4288 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4290 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4291 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4292 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4294 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4295 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4296 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4298 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4299 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4300 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4301 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4303 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4304 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4305 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4306 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4307 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4308 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4309 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4315 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4316 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4317 Comments start with `#'.
4318 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4320 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4330 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4331 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4332 Comments start with `;'.
4333 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4335 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4337 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4338 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4339 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4341 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4342 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4346 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4347 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4348 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4349 between `/*' and `*/'.
4350 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4352 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4353 // another kind of comment
4365 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4366 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4367 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4368 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4369 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4370 `conf-space-keywords'.
4371 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4372 in an interactive fashion instead.
4374 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4376 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4378 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4382 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4384 # Standard multimedia devices
4385 add /dev/audio desktop
4386 add /dev/mixer desktop
4390 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4391 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4392 See `conf-space-mode'.
4394 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4396 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4397 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4398 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4399 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4401 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4403 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4404 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4408 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4409 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4410 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4411 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4413 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4415 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4416 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4420 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4421 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4422 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4423 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4425 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4435 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19598 13691))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4438 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4439 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4440 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4441 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4443 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4445 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4446 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4447 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4448 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4450 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4452 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4453 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4454 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4455 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4457 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4459 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4460 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4462 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4466 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4467 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19598
4469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4471 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4472 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4473 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4474 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4475 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4476 following the copyright are updated as well.
4477 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4480 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4482 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4483 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4484 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4488 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4489 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4491 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4493 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4494 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4496 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4500 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4501 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19640 47194))
4502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4503 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4504 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4505 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4506 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4507 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4509 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4511 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4512 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4513 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4514 Tab indents for Perl code.
4515 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4516 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4518 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4519 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4520 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4521 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4522 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4523 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4524 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4525 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4526 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4527 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4528 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4529 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4531 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4533 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4534 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4536 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4538 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4539 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4540 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4541 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4542 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4543 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4544 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4545 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4546 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4548 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4552 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4553 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4554 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4557 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4558 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4559 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4561 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4563 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4564 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4565 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4566 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4567 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4569 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4579 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4580 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4581 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4582 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4583 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4584 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4585 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4586 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4587 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4588 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4589 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4590 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4591 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4593 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4594 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4595 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4596 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4597 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4598 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4600 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4601 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4604 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4605 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4606 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4607 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4608 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4610 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4611 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4612 span the needed amount of lines.
4614 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4615 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4616 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4617 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4619 Variables controlling indentation style:
4620 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4621 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4622 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4623 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4624 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4625 `cperl-auto-newline'
4626 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4627 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4628 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4629 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4630 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4631 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4632 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4633 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4634 `cperl-indent-level'
4635 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4636 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4637 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4638 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4639 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4640 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4641 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4642 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4643 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4644 `cperl-brace-offset'
4645 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4646 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4647 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4648 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4649 `cperl-label-offset'
4650 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4651 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4652 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4654 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4655 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4656 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4657 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4658 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4659 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4661 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4662 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4663 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4664 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4666 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4667 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4668 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4669 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4670 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4671 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4672 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4674 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4675 column 0 is indented on
4676 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4678 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4681 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4682 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4683 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4687 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4688 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4692 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4693 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4699 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4700 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4703 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4704 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4705 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4706 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4707 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4711 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4712 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4719 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4722 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4723 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4724 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4725 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4728 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4730 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4732 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4733 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4734 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4738 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4742 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4743 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4746 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4747 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4748 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4749 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4751 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4752 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4753 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4754 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4756 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4757 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4758 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4760 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4761 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4764 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4765 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4766 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4768 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4770 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4771 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4772 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4774 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4778 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19619
4780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4782 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4783 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4789 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4790 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4793 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4794 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4795 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4798 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4800 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4802 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4803 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4804 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4805 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4806 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4808 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4809 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4810 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4811 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4812 function of these prefix keys.
4814 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4815 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4817 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4818 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4819 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4821 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4822 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4823 the prefix fallback behavior.
4825 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4826 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4827 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4828 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4832 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4833 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4839 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4840 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4841 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4842 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4843 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4844 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4845 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4846 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4847 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4848 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4849 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
4850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4852 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4853 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4855 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4857 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4858 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4862 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4863 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4866 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4868 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4869 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4871 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4872 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4874 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4875 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4877 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4879 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4881 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4882 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4883 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4885 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4886 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4888 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4889 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4891 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4892 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4894 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4896 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4898 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4899 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4902 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4903 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4905 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4906 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4908 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4909 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4911 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4913 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4915 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4916 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4917 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4918 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4919 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4923 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4924 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4925 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4926 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4930 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4931 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4933 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4935 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4940 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4942 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4945 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4947 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4949 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4950 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4951 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4953 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4955 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4956 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4957 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4958 as part of Emacs itself.
4960 Each elements looks like this:
4962 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4964 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4965 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4966 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4967 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4968 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4969 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4970 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4973 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4975 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4976 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4977 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4978 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4979 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4981 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4982 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4983 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4984 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4986 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4988 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4989 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4990 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4991 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4992 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4994 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4995 that were added or redefined since that version.
4997 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4999 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5000 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5001 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5002 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5004 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5005 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5007 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5009 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5010 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5011 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5013 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5014 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5016 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5018 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5019 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5023 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5028 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all already saved user options.
5033 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5035 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5036 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5037 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5038 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5040 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5041 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5042 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5043 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5044 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5045 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5047 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5049 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5051 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5052 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5056 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5057 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5066 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5067 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5068 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5069 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5070 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5073 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5075 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5076 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5077 The result includes selecting that window.
5078 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5079 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5080 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5083 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5085 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5086 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5088 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5090 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5091 File used for storing customization information.
5092 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5093 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5094 it should be an absolute file name.
5096 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5097 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5098 something like the following in your init file:
5100 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5103 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5104 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5106 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5107 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5108 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5109 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5110 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5112 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5113 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5114 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5115 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5116 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5117 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5118 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5119 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5120 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5121 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5123 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5125 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5126 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5130 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5135 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5136 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5137 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5139 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5141 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5142 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5143 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5144 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5145 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5147 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5151 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme customize-create-theme)
5152 ;;;;;; "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19640 47194))
5153 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5155 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5156 Create or edit a custom theme.
5157 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.
5158 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use.
5160 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5162 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5163 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5167 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5168 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5169 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5170 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5172 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5176 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5177 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5180 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5181 Mode used for cvs status output.
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5188 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19598 13691))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5191 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5192 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5194 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5196 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5197 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5198 C++ modes are included.
5200 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5204 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5207 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5208 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5212 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5213 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5214 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5217 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5219 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5221 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5222 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5223 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5225 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5226 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5227 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5234 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5235 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5238 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5239 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5241 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5243 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5244 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5246 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5248 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5249 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5250 For readability, the table is slightly
5251 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5253 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5254 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5255 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5256 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5257 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5259 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5264 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5266 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5267 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5268 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5269 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5271 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5272 Completion on current word.
5273 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5274 and presents suggestions for completion.
5276 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5277 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5280 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5281 then it searches *all* buffers.
5283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5285 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5286 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5288 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5289 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5290 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5291 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5292 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5294 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5295 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5297 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5298 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5299 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5301 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5302 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5304 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5310 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5311 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
5312 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5314 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5315 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5317 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19598
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5325 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5326 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5327 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5328 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5329 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5335 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19562
5337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5339 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5340 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5342 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5343 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5344 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5346 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5347 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5348 Data lines are not indented.
5353 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5355 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5356 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5357 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5358 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5360 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5363 Extra indentation within blocks.
5365 dcl-continuation-offset
5366 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5369 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5371 dcl-margin-label-offset
5372 Indentation for a label.
5374 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5375 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5377 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5378 dcl-block-end-regexp
5379 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5380 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5381 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5382 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5383 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5385 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5386 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5387 Two such functions are included in the package:
5388 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5389 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5391 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5392 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5393 One such function is included in the package:
5394 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5396 dcl-tab-always-indent
5397 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5398 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5401 dcl-electric-characters
5402 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5405 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5406 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5407 which words trigger electric indentation.
5410 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5411 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5412 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5414 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5415 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5416 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5417 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5419 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5420 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5421 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5422 dcl-imenu-label-call
5423 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5425 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5426 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5427 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5428 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5431 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5433 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5434 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5435 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5437 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5438 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5442 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5443 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5444 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5445 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5446 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5447 \"lined up with the command line\"
5449 Data lines are not indented at all.
5450 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5455 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5456 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5462 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5463 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19598 13691))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5466 (setq debugger 'debug)
5468 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5469 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5470 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5473 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5474 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5475 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5477 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5479 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5480 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5482 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5484 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5485 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5486 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5487 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5488 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5489 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5491 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5492 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5494 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5496 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5497 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5498 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5499 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5500 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5502 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5507 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5510 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5511 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5515 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5516 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5517 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5518 Upper-case letters are commands.
5520 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5523 The most useful commands are:
5524 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5525 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5526 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5527 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5528 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5529 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5535 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5536 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19562
5538 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5540 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5541 Customization of `columns' group.
5545 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5546 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5548 START and END delimits the text region.
5550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5552 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5553 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5555 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5557 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19591
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5565 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5566 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5567 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5568 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5569 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5570 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5571 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5573 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5577 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5578 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5579 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5580 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5581 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5582 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5583 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5584 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5585 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5586 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5587 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5588 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5590 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5591 Directories to search when finding external units.
5592 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5593 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5597 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5598 Face used to color delphi comments.
5599 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5600 Face used to color delphi strings.
5601 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5602 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5603 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5604 Face used to color everything else.
5606 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5607 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5609 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5613 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19562
5615 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5617 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5619 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5620 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5621 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5624 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5626 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5628 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5629 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5630 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5631 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5633 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5634 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5635 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5642 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5643 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19598 13691))
5644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5646 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5647 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5649 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5651 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5652 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5653 or nil if there is no parent.
5654 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5655 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5656 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5657 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5658 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5660 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5661 arguments are currently understood:
5663 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5664 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5666 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5667 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5669 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5670 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5672 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5674 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5676 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5677 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5678 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5680 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5681 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5683 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5684 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5685 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5687 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5688 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5690 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5691 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5693 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5695 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5697 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5699 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5700 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5701 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5702 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5703 the first time the mode is used.
5705 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5709 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5710 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19591 62571))
5711 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5713 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5714 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5715 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5716 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5717 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5718 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5721 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5723 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5724 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5725 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5726 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5727 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5728 character composition information (if relevant),
5729 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5731 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5735 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5736 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5737 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5738 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19598 13691))
5739 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5741 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5742 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5743 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5745 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5747 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5748 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5749 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5750 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5751 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5752 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5756 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5757 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5758 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5759 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5761 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5763 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5764 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5765 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5767 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5768 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5769 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5771 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5772 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5774 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5775 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5776 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5778 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5779 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5780 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5781 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5783 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5785 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5786 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5788 Handlers are called with argument list
5790 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5792 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5794 desktop-file-version
5795 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5796 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5797 desktop-buffer-point
5799 desktop-buffer-read-only
5800 desktop-buffer-locals
5802 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5803 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5805 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5808 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5810 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5811 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5813 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5815 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5817 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5818 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5819 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5820 List elements must have the form
5822 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5824 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5827 Handlers are called with argument list
5829 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5831 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5833 desktop-file-version
5834 desktop-buffer-file-name
5836 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5837 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5838 desktop-buffer-point
5840 desktop-buffer-read-only
5843 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5844 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5847 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5850 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5852 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5853 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5855 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5857 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5859 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5861 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5863 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5864 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5865 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5869 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5870 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5871 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5872 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5873 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5875 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5877 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5878 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5879 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5883 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5884 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5885 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5886 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5887 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5888 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5889 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5890 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5892 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5894 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5895 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5896 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5900 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5901 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5902 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5903 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5906 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5908 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5909 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5913 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5914 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5921 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5922 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19598 13691))
5923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5925 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5926 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5927 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5928 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5929 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5930 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5932 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5934 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5935 Repair a broken attribution line.
5936 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5938 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5940 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5941 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5942 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5943 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5945 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5947 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5948 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5955 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19640 47194))
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5958 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5959 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5960 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5961 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5962 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5966 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5967 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5968 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5969 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5971 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5972 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5973 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5974 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5976 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5977 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5979 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5980 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5981 calendar-date-style 'european
5982 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5984 \(diary-mail-entries)
5986 # diary-rem.el ends here
5988 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5990 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5991 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5998 ;;;;;; "vc/diff.el" (19562 42953))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6001 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6002 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6004 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6006 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6007 The command to use to run diff.")
6009 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6011 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6012 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6013 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6014 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6015 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6016 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6018 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6019 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6020 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6022 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6024 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6025 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6026 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6027 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6028 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6029 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6031 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6035 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6036 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
6037 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6039 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6040 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6041 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6044 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6045 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6046 headers for you on-the-fly.
6048 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6049 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6050 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6056 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6057 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6058 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19640 47194))
6065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6067 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6068 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6069 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6071 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6075 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6076 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6077 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19640 47194))
6078 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6080 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6081 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6082 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6083 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6084 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6085 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6086 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6087 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6089 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6091 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6092 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6094 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6095 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6096 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6097 A value of t means move to first file.")
6099 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6101 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6102 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6103 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6104 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6105 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6106 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6108 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6109 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6110 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6111 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6112 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6113 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6114 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6115 list of files to make directory entries for.
6116 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6117 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6118 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6119 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6121 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6123 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6124 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6126 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6127 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6129 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6130 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6132 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6133 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6135 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6138 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6140 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6142 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6143 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6144 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6145 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6146 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6147 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6149 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6150 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6152 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6154 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6155 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6156 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6157 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6158 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6159 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6160 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6161 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6162 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6163 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6164 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6165 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6166 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6167 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6168 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6169 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6170 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6171 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6172 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6173 to see why something went wrong.
6174 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6175 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6176 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6177 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6178 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6179 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6180 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6181 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6182 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6183 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6184 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6185 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6186 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6188 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6189 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6190 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6191 again for the directory tree.
6193 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6196 `dired-listing-switches'
6197 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6198 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6201 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6202 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6203 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6204 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6206 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6208 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6209 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6216 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6217 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6221 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6222 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
6223 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6225 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6226 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6227 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6228 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6229 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6230 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6231 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6235 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6236 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6237 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6239 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6241 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6242 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6244 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6248 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19598
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6252 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6253 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6254 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6255 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6256 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6257 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6259 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6263 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6264 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6265 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6266 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6267 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6268 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19598 13691))
6269 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6271 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6272 Return a new, empty display table.
6276 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6277 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6278 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6279 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6280 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6282 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6284 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6285 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6286 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6287 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6288 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6290 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6292 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6293 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6297 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6298 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6302 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6303 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6305 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6306 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6308 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6309 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6312 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6313 in the default way after this call.
6317 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6318 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6322 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6323 Display character C using printable string S.
6327 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6328 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6329 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6330 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6332 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6334 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6335 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6336 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6339 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6341 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6342 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6344 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6346 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6347 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6349 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6351 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6352 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6354 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6356 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6357 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6359 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6361 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6362 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6364 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6366 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6367 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6369 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6370 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6372 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6373 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6375 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6376 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6377 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6378 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6380 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6381 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6382 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6389 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6390 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
6391 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6393 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6394 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6395 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6396 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6397 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6398 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6399 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6406 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19640 47194))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6409 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6410 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6411 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6412 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6413 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6414 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6416 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6417 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6418 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6419 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6420 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6422 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6426 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6427 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19619 52030))
6428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6430 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6431 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6432 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6433 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6434 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6435 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6436 table and its own syntax table.
6438 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6441 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6443 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6444 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6450 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6451 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19591 62571))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6454 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6455 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6456 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6458 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6460 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6461 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6463 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6464 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6466 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6467 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6468 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6472 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6473 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6474 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6475 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6479 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6486 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19562 42953))
6487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6489 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6490 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6496 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19562 42953))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6499 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6501 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6504 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6505 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6511 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19562 42953))
6512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6514 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6515 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6521 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6522 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19598 13691))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6526 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6528 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6529 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6530 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6531 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6533 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6534 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6535 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6536 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6537 a keymap, or a list of arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6538 If KEYMAP is a keymap or list, this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6540 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6541 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6542 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6543 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6544 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6547 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6548 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6549 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6550 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6551 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6552 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6553 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6554 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6555 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6556 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6557 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6558 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6559 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6560 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6561 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6562 a new state and sets it.
6564 For example, you could write
6565 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6566 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6569 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6571 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6573 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6575 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6576 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6577 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6578 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6579 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6580 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6581 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6582 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6583 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6584 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6585 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6586 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6588 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6589 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6590 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6591 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6592 call another major mode in their body.
6594 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6596 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6597 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6598 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6599 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6600 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6601 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6602 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6604 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6606 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6607 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6608 :inherit Parent keymap.
6610 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6611 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6613 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6616 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6617 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6618 the constant's documentation.
6620 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6622 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6623 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6624 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6626 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6631 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19598
6633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6635 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6636 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6638 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6639 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6640 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6642 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6643 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6647 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6648 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6652 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6653 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6657 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6658 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6660 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6662 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6664 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6666 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6667 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6669 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6670 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6672 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6674 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6676 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6680 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6681 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6682 computed automatically.
6683 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6687 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6689 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6690 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6691 keyboard equivalent.
6695 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6696 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6700 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6701 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6705 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6706 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6710 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6711 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6715 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6719 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6720 radio: A radio button.
6721 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6722 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6724 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6728 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6729 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6733 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6735 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6736 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6737 as a solid horizontal line.
6739 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6741 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6743 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6745 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6748 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6750 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6751 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6752 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6753 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6755 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6757 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6758 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6759 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6760 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6761 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6762 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6764 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6765 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6766 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6768 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6769 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6770 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6772 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6773 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6775 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6779 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6780 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6781 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6782 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6783 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6784 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6785 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6786 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19562 42953))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6789 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6790 Customization for ebnf group.
6794 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6795 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6797 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6799 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6802 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6804 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6806 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6809 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6810 killed after process termination.
6812 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6814 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6816 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6817 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6819 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6820 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6823 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6824 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6825 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6826 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6828 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6830 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6831 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6832 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6834 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6839 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6841 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6844 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6846 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6848 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6849 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6851 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6852 killed after process termination.
6854 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6856 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6858 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6859 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6860 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6861 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6863 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6867 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6868 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6869 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6871 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6873 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6875 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6878 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6880 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6883 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6885 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6887 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6888 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6890 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6891 killed after EPS generation.
6893 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6895 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6897 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6898 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6900 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6901 The EPS file name has the following form:
6903 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6905 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6906 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6908 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6909 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6910 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6911 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6912 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6914 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6919 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6920 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6922 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6923 The EPS file name has the following form:
6925 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6927 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6928 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6930 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6931 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6932 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6933 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6934 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6936 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6939 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6941 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6943 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6944 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6946 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6948 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6951 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6953 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6955 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6956 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6958 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6959 killed after syntax checking.
6961 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6963 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6965 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6966 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6970 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6971 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6973 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6976 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6980 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6981 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6983 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6987 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6988 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6990 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6992 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6994 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6997 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7001 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7002 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7004 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7006 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7008 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7009 Set STYLE as the current style.
7011 Returns the old style symbol.
7013 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7017 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7018 Reset current style.
7020 Returns the old style symbol.
7022 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7024 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7026 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7027 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7029 Returns the old style symbol.
7031 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7033 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7035 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7037 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7038 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7040 Returns the old style symbol.
7042 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7044 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7050 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7051 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7052 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7053 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7054 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7055 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7056 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7057 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7058 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7059 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7060 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19591
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7065 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7066 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7067 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7068 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7069 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7071 Tree mode key bindings:
7072 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7077 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7082 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7084 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7088 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7089 View declaration of member at point.
7093 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7094 Find declaration of member at point.
7098 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7099 View definition of member at point.
7103 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7104 Find definition of member at point.
7108 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7109 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7113 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7114 View definition of member at point in other window.
7118 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7119 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7123 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7124 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7128 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7129 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7133 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7134 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7138 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7139 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7140 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7141 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7144 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7147 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7148 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7149 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7151 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7154 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7155 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7156 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7158 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7160 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7161 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7162 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7164 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7166 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7167 Search for call sites of a member.
7168 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7169 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7170 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7171 looks like a function call to the member.
7173 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7176 Move backward in the position stack.
7177 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7181 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7182 Move forward in the position stack.
7183 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7187 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7188 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7192 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7193 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7197 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7198 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7199 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7200 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7202 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7204 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7205 Display statistics for a class tree.
7211 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7212 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7215 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7216 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7217 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7218 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7220 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7221 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7222 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7224 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7225 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7226 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7228 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7230 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7237 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19562 42953))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7240 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7241 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7242 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7244 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7248 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7249 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
7250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7252 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7259 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19619 52030))
7260 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7262 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7263 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7264 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7267 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7269 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7271 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7272 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7273 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7274 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7276 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7277 an EDE controlled project.
7279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7284 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7285 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19640 47194))
7286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7288 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7289 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7290 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7291 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7292 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7294 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7295 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7296 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7297 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7299 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7301 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7302 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7303 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7304 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7306 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7308 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7309 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7310 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7311 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7313 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7315 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7317 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7318 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7319 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7320 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7321 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7323 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7324 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7325 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7326 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7327 instrumented for Edebug.
7329 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7330 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7331 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7332 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7337 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7338 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7342 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7343 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7349 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7350 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7351 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7352 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7353 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7354 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7355 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7356 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7357 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7358 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19598 13691))
7359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7361 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7362 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7364 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7366 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7367 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7369 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7371 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7373 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7375 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7376 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7377 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7378 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7382 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7383 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7384 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7385 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7389 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7390 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7392 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7394 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7396 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7397 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7399 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7401 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7403 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7404 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7405 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7406 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7408 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7410 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7412 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7413 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7414 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7415 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7417 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7419 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7421 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7422 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7423 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7424 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7426 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7428 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7430 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7431 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7432 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7433 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7435 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7437 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7439 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7440 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7441 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7442 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7443 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7444 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7446 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7449 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7450 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7451 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7453 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7455 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7457 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7458 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7459 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7460 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7462 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7464 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7466 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7468 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7469 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7470 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7472 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7473 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7475 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7478 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7479 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7481 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7482 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7484 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7486 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7487 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7488 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7489 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7490 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7492 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7494 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7495 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7496 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7497 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7498 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7499 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7501 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7503 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7506 Merge two files without ancestor.
7508 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7511 Merge two files with ancestor.
7513 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7515 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7517 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7518 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7520 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7523 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7525 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7527 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7528 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7529 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7532 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7534 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7535 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7536 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7539 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7542 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7543 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7544 and don't ask the user.
7545 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7546 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7548 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7550 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7551 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7552 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7553 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7554 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7555 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7556 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7557 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7559 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7561 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7563 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7565 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7566 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7567 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7568 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7569 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7571 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7573 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7575 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7576 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7577 When called interactively, displays the version.
7581 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7582 Display Ediff's manual.
7583 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7585 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7589 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7590 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
7591 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7593 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "vc/ediff-hook.el" (19598 13691))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-hook.el
7603 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-misc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Miscellanea") menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-misc] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "This Window and Next Window") compare-windows :help ,(purecopy "Compare the current window and the next window"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Line-by-line...") ediff-windows-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Word-by-word...") ediff-windows-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Line-by-line...") ediff-regions-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Word-by-word...") ediff-regions-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Compare directory files with their older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "File with Revision...") ediff-revision :help ,(purecopy "Compare file with its older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Directories...") ediff-directories3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Directories...") ediff-directories :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Buffers...") ediff-buffers3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Files...") ediff-files3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Buffers...") ediff-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Compare two buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Files...") ediff-files :help ,(purecopy "Compare two files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions...") ediff-merge-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories...") ediff-merge-directories :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers...") ediff-merge-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files...") ediff-merge-files :help ,(purecopy "Merge files (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a Buffer...") ediff-patch-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a File...") ediff-patch-file :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to a file"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Use separate control buffer frame") ediff-toggle-multiframe :help ,(purecopy "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "List Ediff Sessions") ediff-show-registry :help ,(purecopy "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize Ediff") ediff-customize :help ,(purecopy "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Manual") ediff-documentation :help ,(purecopy "Bring up the Ediff manual"))))
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7608 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7611 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7612 Display Ediff's registry.
7616 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7620 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7621 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19640 47194))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7624 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7625 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7626 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7631 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7632 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7633 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7634 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7640 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7641 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7642 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
7643 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7645 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7646 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7647 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7649 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7650 Edit a keyboard macro.
7651 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7652 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7653 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7655 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7657 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7659 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7660 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7662 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7664 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7665 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7667 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7669 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7670 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7671 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7672 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7673 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7674 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7676 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7677 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7678 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7679 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7681 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7683 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7684 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7685 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7686 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7687 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7688 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7690 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7694 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7695 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19619 52030))
7696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7698 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7700 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7701 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7703 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7705 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7706 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7713 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7716 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7717 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7718 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7719 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7720 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7721 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7722 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7724 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7725 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7727 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7728 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7729 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7730 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7732 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7733 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7734 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7736 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7737 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7738 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7740 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7742 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7745 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7749 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7750 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19562 42953))
7751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7753 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7754 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7756 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7758 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7759 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7760 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7761 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7762 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7763 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7764 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7766 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7770 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7771 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7775 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7776 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7777 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7778 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7779 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7780 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7783 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7784 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7785 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7788 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7789 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7793 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode) "electric"
7794 ;;;;;; "electric.el" (19598 13691))
7795 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7797 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7798 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7799 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7802 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7804 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7806 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7807 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7808 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7812 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7813 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7814 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7817 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7819 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7821 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7822 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7828 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19562
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7832 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7833 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7835 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7836 an elided material again.
7838 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7845 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7846 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
7847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7849 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7854 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7855 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7856 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7858 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7860 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7861 Lint the current buffer.
7862 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7866 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7867 Lint the function at point.
7868 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7872 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7874 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7875 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7877 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7882 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19562
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7886 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7887 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7888 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7890 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7893 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7894 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7895 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7897 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7900 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7901 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7903 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7905 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7907 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7908 Display current profiling results.
7909 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7910 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7917 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7918 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
7919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7921 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7922 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7923 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7925 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7929 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7930 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7931 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7932 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7933 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19562 42953))
7934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
7936 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7937 Run Emerge on two files.
7939 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7941 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7942 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7944 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7946 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7947 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7949 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7951 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7952 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7954 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7956 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7961 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7966 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7969 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7971 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7974 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7976 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7977 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7979 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7981 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7982 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7984 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7986 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7989 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7993 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7994 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19619 52030))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7997 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7998 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7999 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8000 text/enriched format.
8001 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8003 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8004 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8008 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8012 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8015 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8017 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8020 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8025 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8026 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8027 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8028 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8029 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19640
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8033 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8034 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8036 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8038 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8039 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8041 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8043 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8044 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8045 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8046 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8047 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8048 the keys are listed.
8049 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8051 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8053 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8058 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8063 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8064 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8066 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8068 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8069 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8071 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8073 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8074 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8076 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8077 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8078 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8079 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8080 should consider using the string based counterpart
8081 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8082 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8086 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8087 (decode-coding-string
8088 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8091 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8093 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8094 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8096 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8097 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8099 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8101 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8102 Verify the current region between START and END.
8104 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8105 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8106 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8107 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8108 should consider using the string based counterpart
8109 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8110 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8114 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8115 (decode-coding-string
8116 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8119 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8121 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8122 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8123 between START and END.
8125 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8126 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8131 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8133 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8134 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8135 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8136 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8137 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8138 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8142 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8145 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8147 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8149 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8150 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8152 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8153 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8154 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8155 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8156 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8157 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8161 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8164 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8167 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8169 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8170 Delete selected KEYS.
8172 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8174 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8175 Import keys from FILE.
8179 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8180 Import keys from the region.
8182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8184 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8185 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8186 between START and END.
8188 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8190 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8191 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8193 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8195 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8196 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8203 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19598 13691))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8206 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8207 Decrypt marked files.
8211 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8212 Verify marked files.
8216 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8221 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8222 Encrypt marked files.
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8229 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19640 47194))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8232 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8235 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8237 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8242 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8249 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8250 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8251 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19598 13691))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8254 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8255 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8259 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8260 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8261 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8263 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8267 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8268 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8269 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8271 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8275 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8276 Sign the current buffer.
8277 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8279 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8281 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8284 Encrypt the current buffer.
8285 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8287 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8289 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8291 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8292 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8293 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8295 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8299 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8300 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8301 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8304 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8306 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8308 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8309 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8315 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19598 13691))
8316 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8318 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8319 Return a context object.
8321 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8325 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8326 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19598 13691))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8329 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8330 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8334 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8335 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8337 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8339 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8340 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8342 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8346 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8347 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19598 13691))
8348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8350 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8351 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8355 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8356 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8357 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8359 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8361 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8362 (server (erc-compute-server))
8363 (port (erc-compute-port))
8364 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8366 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8368 That is, if called with
8370 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8372 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8373 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8374 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8376 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8378 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8380 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8381 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8382 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8383 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8385 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19562
8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8392 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19562 42953))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8398 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19562 42953))
8403 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8404 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19562 42953))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8410 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8415 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19562 42953))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8417 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8419 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8420 Parser for /dcc command.
8421 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8422 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8423 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8425 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8427 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8428 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8432 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8433 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8435 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8436 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8437 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8440 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8445 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8446 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8447 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8448 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8449 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8451 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8452 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8454 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8456 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8457 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8458 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8459 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8461 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8463 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8466 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8468 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8469 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8471 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8473 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8474 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8476 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8478 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8479 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8481 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8483 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8484 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8486 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8488 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8489 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8491 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8493 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8494 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8496 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8498 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8499 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8503 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8504 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8510 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19562
8512 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8513 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8515 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8516 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8517 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19591
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8526 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8530 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8531 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19562 42953))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8533 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8535 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8536 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8537 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8538 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8539 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8540 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8543 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8545 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8548 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8553 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8556 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19598 13691))
8564 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8565 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19640 47194))
8570 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8571 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8575 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8576 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19562 42953))
8577 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8578 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8580 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8581 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8582 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8583 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8584 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8585 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8589 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8590 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8591 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8592 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8594 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8595 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8598 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8599 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8601 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8606 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8607 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8608 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8609 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8610 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8612 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8613 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8617 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8618 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8622 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8623 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8627 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8628 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8632 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8633 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8637 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8638 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8642 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8643 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8647 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8648 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19562 42953))
8655 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8656 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8660 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8661 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8663 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8665 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8672 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8673 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19562 42953))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8677 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8678 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8679 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8683 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8684 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8691 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19562 42953))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8693 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8695 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8696 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8697 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8698 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8700 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8702 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19562 42953))
8710 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8711 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19562
8717 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8718 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19562 42953))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8724 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19562 42953))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8734 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8735 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19562 42953))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8739 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8740 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8744 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8745 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8746 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8748 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19562 42953))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8754 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8758 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8759 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8762 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8763 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8764 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19562
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8773 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19562 42953))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8783 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8787 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8788 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8789 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8791 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8793 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8794 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8797 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8798 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8799 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8802 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8806 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8807 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19562 42953))
8808 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8809 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8811 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8812 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8813 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8814 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8816 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8818 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8819 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8820 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8826 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8827 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8829 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8831 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8832 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8838 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19619
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8842 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8843 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19619
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8855 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8856 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8862 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8863 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19562 42953))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8866 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8867 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8868 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8869 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8870 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8871 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8872 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8873 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8874 buffer selected (or created).
8876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8878 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8879 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8880 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8882 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8884 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8885 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8886 The result might be any Lisp object.
8887 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8888 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8889 corresponding to a successful execution.
8891 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8893 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8897 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8898 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8899 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8900 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8901 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8902 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8903 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8904 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8907 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8908 *File name of tags table.
8909 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8910 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8911 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8912 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8913 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
8915 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8916 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8917 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8918 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8920 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8922 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8923 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8924 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8925 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8926 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8927 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8929 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8931 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
8932 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8933 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8934 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8935 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8936 `auto-compression-mode').")
8938 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8940 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8941 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8942 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8943 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8944 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8946 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8948 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8949 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8950 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8951 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8953 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8955 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8956 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8957 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8958 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8959 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8961 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8963 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8964 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8968 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8969 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8970 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8971 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8973 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8974 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8975 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8976 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8977 file the tag was in.
8979 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8981 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8982 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8983 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8984 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8985 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8986 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8987 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8988 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8989 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8991 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8993 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8994 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8995 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8996 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8997 without directory names.
9000 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9001 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9004 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9006 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9007 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9008 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9009 but does not select the buffer.
9010 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9012 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9013 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9014 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9015 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9016 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9018 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9020 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9021 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9022 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9024 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9026 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9028 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9029 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9030 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9031 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9033 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9034 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9035 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9036 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9037 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9039 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9041 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9042 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9043 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9045 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9047 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9048 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9050 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9051 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9052 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9053 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9054 around or before point.
9056 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9057 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9058 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9059 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9060 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9062 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9064 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9065 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9066 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9068 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9070 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9071 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9073 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9074 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9075 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9076 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9077 around or before point.
9079 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9080 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9081 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9082 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9083 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9085 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9087 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9088 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9089 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9091 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9093 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9094 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9096 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9097 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9098 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9100 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9101 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9102 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9103 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9104 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9106 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9108 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9109 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9110 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9112 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9114 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9115 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9116 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9118 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9119 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9121 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9122 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9123 where they were found.
9127 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9128 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9130 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9131 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9132 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9134 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9135 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9137 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9138 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9140 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9142 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9143 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9144 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9145 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9147 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9148 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9149 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9150 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9151 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9153 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9154 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9156 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9157 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9158 Stops when a match is found.
9159 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9161 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9163 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9165 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9166 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9167 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9168 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9169 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9170 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9171 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9172 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9174 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9175 produce the list of files to search.
9177 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9179 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9181 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9182 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9183 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9184 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9185 directory specification.
9187 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9189 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9190 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9192 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9194 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9195 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9196 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9197 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9201 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9202 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9203 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9204 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9205 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9211 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9212 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9213 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9214 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9215 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9216 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9217 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9218 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9221 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9226 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9227 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9229 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9230 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9232 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9233 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9236 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9237 even if the buffer is read-only.
9239 See also the descriptions of the variables
9240 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9242 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9244 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9245 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9247 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9248 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9250 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9251 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9254 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9255 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9257 See also the descriptions of the variables
9258 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9260 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9262 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9263 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9264 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9265 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9267 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9269 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9270 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9271 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9272 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9274 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9275 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9278 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9279 buffer is read-only.
9281 See also the descriptions of the variables
9282 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9283 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9285 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9287 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9288 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9290 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9291 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9293 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9294 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9295 the primary language.
9297 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9298 buffer is read-only.
9300 See also the descriptions of the variables
9301 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9302 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9304 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9306 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9307 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9308 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9310 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9312 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9313 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9317 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9318 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9320 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9321 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9324 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9325 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9326 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9328 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9330 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9332 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9333 This function is deprecated.
9337 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9338 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9342 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9343 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9347 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9348 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9350 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9351 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9353 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9354 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9358 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9359 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9363 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9364 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9368 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9369 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9373 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9374 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9375 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9379 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9382 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9386 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9387 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9388 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9391 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9392 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9393 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9394 server for future sessions.
9396 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9398 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9399 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9400 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9402 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9404 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9405 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9406 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9408 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9410 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9411 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9412 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9413 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9414 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9415 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9416 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9417 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9418 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9419 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9420 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9421 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9423 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9425 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9426 Display a form to query the directory server.
9427 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9428 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9430 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9432 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9433 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9434 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9438 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9443 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9444 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19598 13691))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9447 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9448 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9450 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9452 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9453 Display URL and make it clickable.
9457 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9458 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9460 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9462 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9463 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9465 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9467 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9468 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9470 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9472 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9473 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9475 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9480 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19598 13691))
9481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9483 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9484 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9485 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9489 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9490 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9497 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9500 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9501 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19591
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9511 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9512 Create an empty ewoc.
9514 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9516 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9517 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9518 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9519 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9520 `insert-before-markers'.
9522 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9523 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9524 respectively, of the ewoc.
9526 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9527 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9528 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9530 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9534 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9535 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9536 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9537 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9540 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9541 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9542 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9544 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9546 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9547 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9548 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9549 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9550 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9552 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9554 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9555 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9556 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9557 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9558 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9561 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9563 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9564 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9565 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9569 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9570 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9571 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9578 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9579 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9580 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9581 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9583 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9584 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9585 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9586 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9588 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9590 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9591 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9592 to generate such functions.
9594 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9595 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9596 beginning of the expanded text.
9598 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9599 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9600 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9601 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9603 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9605 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9607 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9608 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9609 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9613 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9614 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9615 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9619 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9620 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9621 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9624 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9625 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19591 62571))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9632 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9633 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9634 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9636 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9637 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9638 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9640 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9645 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9648 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9650 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9652 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9653 `f90-program-indent'
9654 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9656 `f90-continuation-indent'
9657 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9658 `f90-comment-region'
9659 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9660 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9661 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9662 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9664 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9665 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9666 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9667 `f90-break-delimiters'
9668 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9669 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9670 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9671 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9673 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9674 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9676 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9677 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9678 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9679 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9680 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9681 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9683 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9685 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9686 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9693 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9694 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9695 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19591
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9699 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9700 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9702 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9703 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9705 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9706 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9707 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9708 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9709 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9710 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9711 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9713 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9714 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9715 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9717 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9719 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9720 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9722 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9724 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9725 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9726 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9727 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9728 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9729 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9731 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9733 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9734 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9735 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9737 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9738 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9739 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9744 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9745 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9746 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9748 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9749 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9750 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9751 will remove any scaling currently active.
9755 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9756 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9757 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9760 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9761 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9762 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9763 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9765 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9766 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9768 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9769 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9771 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9772 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9773 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9775 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9776 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9777 is one of the above.
9779 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9780 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9781 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9782 will remove any scaling currently active.
9784 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9785 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9786 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9787 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9788 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9792 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9793 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9794 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9795 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9799 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9800 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9801 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9802 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9803 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9805 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9806 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9808 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9810 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9811 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9812 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9813 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9815 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9816 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9817 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9818 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9820 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9821 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9823 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9825 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9826 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9827 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9828 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9834 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9835 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9836 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19619 52030))
9837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9839 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9840 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9841 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9842 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9846 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9847 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9851 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9852 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9853 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9854 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9858 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9859 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9860 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9861 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9862 backup file names and the like).
9864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9866 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9867 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9868 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9869 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9870 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9871 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9872 internally by feedmail):
9874 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9875 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9876 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9877 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9879 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9880 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9881 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9882 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9883 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9885 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9889 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9890 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19591 62571))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9893 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9894 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9895 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9896 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9897 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9898 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9899 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9901 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9903 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9904 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9905 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9906 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9907 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9908 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9909 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9911 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9913 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9915 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9916 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9917 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9918 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9919 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9920 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9922 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9924 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9925 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9926 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9928 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9929 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9934 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9935 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9936 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9938 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9940 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9941 Try to get a file name at point.
9942 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9944 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9945 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9951 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9952 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9953 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9954 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19591 62571))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9957 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9958 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9959 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9960 be added to the cache.
9962 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9964 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9965 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9966 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9967 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9968 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9970 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9972 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9973 Add FILE to the file cache.
9977 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9978 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9979 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9981 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9983 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9984 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9985 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9987 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9990 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9991 This function does not use any external programs.
9992 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9993 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9994 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9996 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9998 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9999 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10000 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10001 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10002 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10003 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10004 \(directories) is done.
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10011 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10012 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10013 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10014 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19598 13691))
10015 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10017 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10018 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10020 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10021 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10022 Local Variables list.
10024 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10025 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10026 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10028 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10030 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10031 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10033 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10035 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10036 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10038 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10039 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10042 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10043 then this function adds it.
10045 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10047 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10048 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10050 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10052 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10053 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10055 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10057 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10058 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10060 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10062 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10063 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10067 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10068 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10072 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10073 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10079 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19619
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10083 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10084 Filesets initialization.
10085 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19562 42953))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10094 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10095 Initiate the building of a find command.
10098 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10099 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10101 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10103 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10104 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10106 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10110 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10111 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10112 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10113 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10115 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10116 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10117 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10118 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10119 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10121 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10123 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10124 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10125 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10126 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10127 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10129 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10131 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10132 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10133 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10134 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10136 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10138 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10139 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10140 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10142 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10144 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10145 as the final argument.
10147 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10149 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10150 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10151 and run dired on those files.
10152 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10153 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10155 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10157 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10159 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10160 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10161 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10163 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10165 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10167 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10171 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10172 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10173 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10174 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10176 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10177 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10178 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10179 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10180 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10181 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10182 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10184 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10185 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10186 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10188 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10190 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10192 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10194 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10195 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10196 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10198 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10199 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10201 Variables of interest include:
10203 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10204 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10205 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10207 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10208 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10209 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10211 - `ff-ignore-include'
10212 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10214 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10215 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10218 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10220 - `ff-special-constructs'
10221 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10222 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10223 extracting the filename from that construct.
10225 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10226 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10228 - `ff-search-directories'
10229 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10230 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10232 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10233 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10235 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10236 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10238 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10239 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10241 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10242 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10244 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10245 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10247 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10249 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10250 Visit the file you click on.
10252 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10254 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10255 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10257 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10261 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10262 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10263 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10264 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10265 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10266 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10267 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19562 42953))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10270 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10271 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10272 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10274 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10276 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10277 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10278 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10279 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10281 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10282 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10283 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10284 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10286 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10288 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10289 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10291 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10292 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10293 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10294 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10296 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10297 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10300 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10302 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10303 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10305 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10306 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10307 places point before the definition.
10308 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10310 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10311 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10312 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10314 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10316 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10317 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10319 See `find-function' for more details.
10321 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10323 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10324 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10326 See `find-function' for more details.
10328 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10330 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10331 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10333 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10334 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10335 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10337 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10338 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10340 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10342 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10343 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10345 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10346 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10347 places point before the definition.
10349 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10351 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10352 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10353 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10355 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10357 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10358 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10360 See `find-variable' for more details.
10362 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10364 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10365 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10367 See `find-variable' for more details.
10369 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10372 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10373 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10374 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10375 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10376 buffer nor display it.
10378 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10379 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10381 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10383 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10384 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10386 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10387 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10388 places point before the definition.
10390 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10392 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10393 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10394 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10398 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10399 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10400 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10404 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10405 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10409 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10410 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10414 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10415 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10421 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10422 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19591 62571))
10423 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10425 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10426 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10428 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10430 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10431 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10435 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10436 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10438 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10443 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19619 52030))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10446 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10447 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10451 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10452 Display FILE's commentary section.
10453 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10457 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10458 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10465 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19591 62571))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10468 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10469 Toggle flow control handling.
10470 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10471 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10473 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10475 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10476 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10477 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10478 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10479 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10480 to get the effect of a C-q.
10482 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10486 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10487 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10490 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10495 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10498 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10502 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10503 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19598 13691))
10504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10506 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10507 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10508 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10509 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10514 Turn flymake mode on.
10518 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10519 Turn flymake mode off.
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10526 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10527 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19598 13691))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10530 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10531 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10534 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10536 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10537 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10538 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10539 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10540 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10541 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10542 otherwise turn it off.
10545 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10546 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10547 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10548 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10551 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10554 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10555 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10556 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10558 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10560 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10561 in your .emacs file.
10563 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10564 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10568 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10569 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10573 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10574 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10578 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10579 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10583 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10584 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10586 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10589 Flyspell whole buffer.
10595 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10596 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10597 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10600 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10601 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10605 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10606 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10610 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10611 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10613 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10614 of two major techniques:
10616 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10617 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10618 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10620 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10621 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10622 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10625 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10626 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10627 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10628 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10629 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10632 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10633 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10635 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10637 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10638 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10639 \(This is the default.)
10641 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10643 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10644 \\{follow-mode-map}
10646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10648 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10649 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10651 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10652 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10653 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10654 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10655 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10656 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10658 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10659 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10660 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10662 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10663 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10664 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "font-core" "font-core.el" (19640 47194))
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-core.el
10673 (put 'font-lock-defaults 'risky-local-variable t)
10677 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19562
10679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10681 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10682 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10683 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10684 started, play around with the following keys:
10685 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format" "format.el" (19598 13691))
10692 ;;; Generated autoloads from format.el
10694 (put 'format-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10699 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19562 42953))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10702 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10703 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10705 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10706 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10707 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10708 C-c < forms-first-record <
10709 C-c > forms-last-record >
10710 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10711 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10712 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10713 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10714 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10715 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10716 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10717 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10718 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10719 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10721 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10723 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10724 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10728 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10729 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10736 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10739 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10740 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10741 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10743 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10744 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10746 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10749 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10751 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10753 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10754 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10755 `fortran-do-indent'
10756 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10757 `fortran-if-indent'
10758 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10759 `fortran-structure-indent'
10760 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10762 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10763 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10764 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10765 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10766 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10767 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10768 nil don't change the indentation
10769 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10771 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10772 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10773 depending on the continuation format in use.
10774 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10775 indentation for a line of code.
10777 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10778 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10779 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10780 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10781 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10782 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10783 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10784 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10785 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10786 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10788 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10789 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10790 statements (default nil).
10791 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10792 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10793 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10794 `fortran-continuation-string'
10795 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10796 line (default \"$\").
10797 `fortran-comment-region'
10798 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10799 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10800 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10801 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10802 as typed (default t).
10803 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10804 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10806 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10807 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10813 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10814 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19562 42953))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10817 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10818 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10820 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10821 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10823 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10825 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10826 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10828 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10829 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10831 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10833 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10834 Compile fortune file.
10836 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10837 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10839 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10841 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10842 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10844 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10845 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10846 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10847 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10849 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10851 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10852 Display a fortune cookie.
10854 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10855 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10856 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10857 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10859 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10863 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10864 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10867 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10868 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10870 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10872 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10873 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10874 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10875 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10877 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10878 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10879 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10880 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10882 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10883 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10884 shown in some of the buffers.
10886 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10888 The following commands help control operation :
10890 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10891 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10893 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10894 detailed description of this mode.
10897 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10899 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10900 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10904 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10905 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10906 | | (comint-mode) |
10913 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10914 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10915 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10916 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10917 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10918 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10920 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10924 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10925 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19598
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10929 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10930 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10931 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10932 instead (which see).")
10934 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10935 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10937 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10938 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10939 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10940 documentation string instead.
10942 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10943 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10944 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10945 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10946 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10947 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10948 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10949 enders are actually possible.
10951 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10952 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10954 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10955 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10956 `font-lock-keywords'.
10958 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10959 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10960 runs the macro expansion.
10962 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10963 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10964 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10966 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10968 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10970 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
10972 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10973 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10975 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10977 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10978 Enter generic mode MODE.
10980 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10981 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10982 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10984 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10985 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10989 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10990 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10991 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10992 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10993 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10994 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10995 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10996 `font-lock-keywords'.
10998 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11003 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11006 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11007 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11008 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11009 at places they belong to.
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11016 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11017 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11020 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11021 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11022 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11024 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11026 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11027 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11029 Guideline for numbers:
11031 3 - non-serious error messages
11032 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11033 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11034 9 - messages inside loops.
11036 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11038 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11039 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11040 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11042 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11044 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11045 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11047 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11049 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11050 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11052 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11053 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11054 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11055 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11056 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11057 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11059 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11060 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11061 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11062 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11063 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11065 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11067 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11072 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19640 47194))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11074 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11075 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11077 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11078 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11082 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11084 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11085 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11086 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11087 name of an NNTP server to use.
11088 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11091 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11093 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11094 Read news as a slave.
11096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11098 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11099 Pop up a frame to read news.
11100 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11101 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11102 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11103 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11104 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11105 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11106 current display is used.
11108 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11110 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11112 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11113 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11114 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11116 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11121 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11122 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11123 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11124 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11125 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19640 47194))
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11128 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11129 Start Gnus unplugged.
11133 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11134 Start Gnus plugged.
11138 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11139 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11143 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11144 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11146 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11147 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11148 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11150 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11151 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11152 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11156 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11157 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11161 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11162 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11163 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11164 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11165 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11168 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11170 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11171 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11172 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11173 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11174 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11177 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11179 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11180 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11184 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11185 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11186 downloaded into the agent.
11188 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11190 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11191 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11192 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11193 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11195 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11197 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11198 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11202 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11203 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11207 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11208 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11209 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11211 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11219 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11220 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11227 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19640 47194))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11230 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11231 Set a bookmark for this article.
11235 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11236 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11238 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11240 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11241 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11242 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11243 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11244 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11251 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11252 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19640
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11256 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11257 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11260 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11264 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11265 Generate the cache active file.
11267 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11269 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11270 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11274 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11275 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11276 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11277 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11278 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11281 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11283 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11284 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11285 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11286 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11287 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11290 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11294 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11295 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19598 13691))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11298 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11299 Delay this article by some time.
11300 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11302 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11303 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11305 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11306 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11308 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11309 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11311 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11313 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11314 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11318 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11319 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11320 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11321 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11323 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11324 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11326 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11331 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19640 47194))
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11334 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11337 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11339 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11342 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11346 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11347 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11350 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11351 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11357 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11358 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11361 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11362 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11369 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11370 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19640
11372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11374 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11375 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11379 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11380 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11384 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11385 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11387 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11388 different input formats.
11392 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11393 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11395 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11396 different input formats.
11400 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11401 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11402 The PNG is returned as a string.
11404 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11406 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11407 Convert FILE to a Face.
11408 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11411 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11416 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19640 47194))
11417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11419 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11420 Display gravatar in the From header.
11421 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11423 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11425 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11426 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11427 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11429 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11434 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19640 47194))
11435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11437 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11438 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11439 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11440 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11442 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11444 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11445 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11447 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11452 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19640 47194))
11453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11455 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11458 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11460 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11463 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11467 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11468 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11471 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11473 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11474 Run batched scoring.
11475 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11481 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11482 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11483 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11486 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11491 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11492 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11493 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11495 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11497 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11498 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11500 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11506 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11507 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11508 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11511 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11512 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11513 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11514 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11517 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11518 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11519 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11520 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11522 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11523 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11524 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11525 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11526 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11527 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11528 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11529 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11530 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11531 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11533 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11535 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11536 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11537 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11540 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11541 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11543 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11545 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11546 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11547 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11549 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11553 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11554 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11555 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11557 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11559 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11560 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11561 existing groups are considered.
11563 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11564 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11567 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11568 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11569 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11570 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11571 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11572 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11573 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11574 clauses will be generated.
11576 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11577 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11578 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11579 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11580 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11581 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11583 For example, given the following group parameters:
11586 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11587 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11589 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11590 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11591 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11592 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11594 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11596 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11598 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11600 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11601 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11604 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11609 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19640 47194))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11612 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11613 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11614 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11615 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11617 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11619 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11622 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11624 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11625 Like `message-reply'.
11627 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11629 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11634 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11635 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11638 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11639 Display picons in the From header.
11640 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11644 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11645 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11646 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11650 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11651 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11652 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11659 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11660 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11661 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11662 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19619 52030))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11665 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11666 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11667 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11668 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11670 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11672 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11673 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11674 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11677 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11679 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11680 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11681 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11683 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11685 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11688 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11690 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11691 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11692 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11694 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11696 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11697 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11698 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11700 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11702 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11704 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11705 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11706 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11708 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11711 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11712 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11714 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11717 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11718 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11720 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11722 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11723 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11725 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11729 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11730 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19640 47194))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11733 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11734 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11738 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11739 Install the registry hooks.
11745 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11746 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19598
11748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11750 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11751 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11752 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11753 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11754 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11755 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11759 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11760 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11761 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11762 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11763 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11767 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11775 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11778 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11779 Update the format specification near point.
11785 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11786 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11789 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11790 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11792 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11796 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11797 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11800 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
11801 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11802 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11804 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11809 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19640 47194))
11810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11812 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
11813 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11817 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
11818 Install the sync hooks.
11824 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11825 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11828 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11829 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11831 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11835 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19562 42953))
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11838 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11839 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11841 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11842 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11843 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11845 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11846 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11847 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11849 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11850 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11852 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11853 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11855 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11857 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11862 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19562
11864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11866 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11868 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11869 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11870 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11871 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11872 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11874 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11876 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11877 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11878 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11880 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11881 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11883 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11884 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11887 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11889 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11890 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11894 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11895 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11901 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve) "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el"
11902 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
11905 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
11906 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
11907 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
11909 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
11913 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11914 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11915 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19562 42953))
11916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11918 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11919 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11921 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11923 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11924 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11925 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11926 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11927 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11929 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11930 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11931 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11933 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11935 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11936 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11937 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11938 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11939 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11941 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11943 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11944 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11946 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11948 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11949 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11951 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11952 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11953 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11955 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11956 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11957 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11959 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11960 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11961 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11962 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11964 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11965 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11966 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11967 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11968 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11970 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11972 (defvar grep-history nil)
11974 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11976 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11977 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11978 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11982 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11987 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11988 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11992 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11993 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11994 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11995 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11998 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11999 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12001 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12002 can easily repeat a grep command.
12004 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12005 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12006 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12009 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12012 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12013 Collect output in a buffer.
12014 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12015 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12017 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12018 easily repeat a find command.
12020 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12022 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12024 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12025 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12026 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12027 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12028 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12030 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12031 before it is executed.
12032 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12034 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12035 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12036 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12038 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12040 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12042 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12043 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12044 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12045 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12046 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12048 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12049 before it is executed.
12050 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12052 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12053 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12054 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12056 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12058 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12060 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12061 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12062 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12063 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12065 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12067 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12071 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19562 42953))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12074 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12075 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12076 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12077 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12078 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12080 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12084 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12085 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19619 52030))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12088 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12089 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12090 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12091 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12093 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12095 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12096 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12097 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12098 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12100 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12102 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12103 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12104 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12105 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12107 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12109 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12110 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12111 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12112 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12114 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12115 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12117 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12119 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12120 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12121 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12122 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12124 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12126 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12127 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12128 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12129 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12131 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12133 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12134 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12135 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12136 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12137 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12139 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12140 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12141 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12142 original source file access method.
12144 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12145 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12147 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12148 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12150 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12151 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12155 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12156 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12157 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12160 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12162 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12164 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12165 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19562
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12175 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12176 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12177 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12178 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12180 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12181 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12182 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12183 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12189 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12190 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12191 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12193 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12194 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12196 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12198 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12199 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12200 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12201 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12203 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12207 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12208 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12209 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12210 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12218 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12219 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19640 47194))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12222 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12223 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12227 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12228 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12229 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12233 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12234 Verify a hashcash payment
12236 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12238 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12239 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12240 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12241 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12242 `mail-add-payment-async').
12244 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12246 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12247 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12248 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12249 Calculation is asynchronous.
12251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12253 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12254 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12255 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12261 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12262 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12263 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12264 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19562 42953))
12265 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12267 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12268 Return the help-echo string at point.
12269 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12270 property, or nil, is returned.
12271 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12272 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12273 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12275 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12277 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12278 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12279 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12280 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12281 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12285 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12286 Display local help in the echo area.
12287 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12288 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12289 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12292 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12293 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12294 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12298 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12299 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12300 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12304 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12305 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12306 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12310 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12311 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12312 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12313 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12314 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12315 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12316 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12317 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12318 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12319 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12320 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12322 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12323 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12324 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12325 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12326 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12328 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12329 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12330 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12331 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12332 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12333 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12334 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12335 The default is `never'.")
12337 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12339 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12340 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12341 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12342 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12343 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12344 considered different regions.
12346 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12347 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12348 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12349 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12350 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12351 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12352 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12353 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12354 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12356 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12358 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12359 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12360 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12361 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12364 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12365 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12366 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12367 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12368 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12369 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12370 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12371 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12373 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12374 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12375 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12376 rarely happens in practice.
12378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12380 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12381 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12382 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12383 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12384 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12385 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12392 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12393 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12394 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12397 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12398 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12400 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12402 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12403 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12404 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12406 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12408 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12409 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12410 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12411 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12412 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12413 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12414 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12415 search for a function definition.
12417 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12418 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12419 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12420 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12421 suitable file is found, return nil.
12423 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12425 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12428 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12430 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12431 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12432 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12433 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12435 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12437 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12438 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12439 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12440 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12441 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12442 it is displayed along with the global value.
12444 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12446 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12447 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12448 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12449 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12451 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12453 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12454 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12455 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12456 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12457 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12459 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12464 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12467 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12468 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12469 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12470 window listing and describing the options.
12471 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12472 gives the window that lists the options.")
12474 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12478 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12479 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12480 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19640
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12484 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12485 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12486 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12492 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12497 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12502 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12503 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12505 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12506 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12507 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12508 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12510 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12511 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12512 restore it properly when going back.
12514 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12516 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12517 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12518 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12520 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12521 exists, it is created.
12525 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12526 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12528 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12529 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12530 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12531 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12532 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12533 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12534 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12535 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12537 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12538 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12539 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12540 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12542 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12543 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12546 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12548 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12549 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12550 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12551 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12552 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12553 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12555 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12557 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12558 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12559 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12560 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12561 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12563 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12565 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12566 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12568 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12572 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12573 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19598 13691))
12574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12576 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12577 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12581 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12582 Provide help for current mode.
12588 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12589 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19640 47194))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12592 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12593 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12594 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12595 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12596 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12598 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12599 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12601 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12602 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12603 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12604 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12606 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12607 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12610 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12615 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12616 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12617 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12618 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12619 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12620 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12621 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12622 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12623 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12624 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12625 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12626 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12627 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12628 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12629 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12631 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12632 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12633 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12635 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12638 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12640 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12641 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12642 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12644 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12645 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12646 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12648 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12649 into the buffer at the current point.
12651 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12652 into the buffer at the current point.
12654 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12655 into the buffer at the current point.
12657 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12659 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12660 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12662 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12664 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12668 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12669 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12670 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12671 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12673 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12675 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12676 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12677 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12683 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12684 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12685 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12686 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
12687 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12689 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12690 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12692 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12693 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12694 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12695 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12696 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12697 called interactively, are:
12699 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12700 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12702 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12703 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12704 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12705 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12707 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12708 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12710 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12711 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12713 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12714 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12715 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12716 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12717 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12718 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12719 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12720 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12721 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12722 function returns t.
12724 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12725 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12727 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12728 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12731 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12732 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12733 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12734 Patterns will be read until
12736 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12740 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12741 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12742 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12745 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12747 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12749 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12750 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12751 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12753 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12754 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12755 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12759 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12761 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12762 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12764 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12765 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12766 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12767 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12768 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12770 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12772 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12774 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12775 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12777 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12778 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12779 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12780 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12781 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12783 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12785 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12787 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12788 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12790 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12791 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12793 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12795 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12797 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12798 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12800 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12801 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12802 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12803 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12804 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12808 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12809 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12811 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12812 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12813 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12819 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12820 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12823 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12824 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12825 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12826 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12827 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12828 how the hiding is done:
12831 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12832 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12835 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12836 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12837 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12838 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12839 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12842 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12843 #endif lines when hiding.
12845 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12846 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12849 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12850 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12851 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12853 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12859 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12860 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12863 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12864 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12865 Each element has the form
12866 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12868 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12869 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12871 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12872 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12874 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12875 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12876 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12877 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12878 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12879 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12881 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12882 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12884 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12885 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12887 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12888 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12889 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12891 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12892 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12893 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12894 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12895 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12897 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12898 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12899 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12901 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12902 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12904 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12907 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12911 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12912 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12919 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12920 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12921 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12922 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19640
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12926 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12927 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12929 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12931 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12932 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12933 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12936 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12937 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12938 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12939 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12940 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12941 through various faces.
12942 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12943 buffer with the contents of a file
12944 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12948 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12949 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12951 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12952 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12953 in a distinctive face.
12955 The default value can be customized with variable
12956 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12958 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12962 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12963 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12964 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12968 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12969 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12973 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12974 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12978 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12979 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12981 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12982 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12983 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12984 shown in the last face in the list.
12986 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12987 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12988 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12990 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12994 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12995 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12997 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12999 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13002 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13003 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13005 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13006 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13007 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13009 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13011 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13012 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13014 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13015 this function is called interactively.
13017 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13018 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13019 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13021 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13022 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13023 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13025 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13027 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13028 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13029 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13032 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13034 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13036 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13037 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13038 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13040 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13041 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13042 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13048 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13049 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13050 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13051 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13052 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19562 42953))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13055 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13056 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13057 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13058 or insert functions in this list.")
13060 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13062 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13063 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13065 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13067 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13068 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13070 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13072 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13073 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13075 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13077 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13078 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13080 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13082 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13083 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13084 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13086 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13088 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13089 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13090 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13093 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13095 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13096 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13097 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13098 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13099 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13101 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13103 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13104 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13105 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13106 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13107 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13109 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13110 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13111 undoes the expansion.
13115 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13116 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13117 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13118 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13120 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13124 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13125 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
13126 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13128 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13129 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13130 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13132 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13133 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13134 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13135 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13136 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13138 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13139 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13140 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13141 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13145 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13146 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13147 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13150 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13152 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13154 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13155 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13156 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13158 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13159 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13166 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13167 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13168 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13169 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19598 13691))
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13172 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13173 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13174 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13176 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13178 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13180 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13182 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13184 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13186 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13188 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13190 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13192 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13194 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13196 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13198 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13200 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13202 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13203 User defined holidays.
13204 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13206 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13208 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13210 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13212 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13213 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13215 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13217 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13218 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13220 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13222 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13223 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13225 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13227 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13228 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13230 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13232 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13234 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13236 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13238 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13240 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13242 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13243 Christian holidays.
13244 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13246 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13248 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13250 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13252 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13254 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13256 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13258 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13260 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13262 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13264 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13266 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13268 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13270 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13272 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13273 Sun-related holidays.
13274 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13276 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13278 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13280 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13282 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13284 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13285 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13286 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13287 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13291 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13292 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13293 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13294 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13295 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13297 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13298 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13300 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13301 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13303 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13304 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13305 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13306 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13309 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13311 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13313 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13317 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19598
13319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13321 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13322 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13328 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13329 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19640 47194))
13330 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13332 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13333 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13334 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13335 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13338 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13339 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13342 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13343 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13345 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13346 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13347 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13349 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13351 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13352 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13353 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13355 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13357 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13361 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13362 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19598
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13366 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13367 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13369 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13370 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13371 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13373 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13374 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13375 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13376 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13377 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13378 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13380 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13381 title of the column.
13383 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13384 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13385 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13386 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13387 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13389 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13391 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13393 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13394 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13395 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13396 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13397 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13399 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13400 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13401 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13403 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13405 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13407 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13408 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13409 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13410 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13411 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13412 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13414 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13415 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13416 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13417 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13418 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13419 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13420 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13421 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13423 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13424 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13425 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13426 buffer's modification flag.
13427 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13428 prompted before performing this operation.
13429 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13430 operation is complete, in the form:
13431 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13432 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13433 confirmation message, in the form:
13434 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13435 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13436 macro for exactly what it does.
13438 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13440 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13442 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13443 Define a filter named NAME.
13444 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13445 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13446 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13448 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13449 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13450 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13451 bound to the current value of the filter.
13453 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13455 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13459 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13460 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19640 47194))
13461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13463 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13464 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13465 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13466 buffers which are visiting a file.
13468 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13470 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13471 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13472 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13473 buffers which are visiting a file.
13475 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13477 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13478 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13479 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13481 All arguments are optional.
13482 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13483 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13484 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13485 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13486 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13487 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13488 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13489 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13490 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13491 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13492 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13493 that value locally in this buffer.
13495 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13499 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13500 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13501 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19598 13691))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13504 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13505 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13506 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13507 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13509 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13511 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13512 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13513 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13514 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13516 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13517 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13518 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13520 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13522 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13523 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13524 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13525 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13526 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13527 non-marking or not.
13529 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13531 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13532 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13534 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13535 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13538 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13539 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13540 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13542 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13545 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13546 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13547 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13549 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13553 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19591
13555 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13557 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13558 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13559 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13562 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13564 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13566 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13567 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13568 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13569 otherwise turn it off.
13571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13575 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19562 42953))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13578 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13579 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13580 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13581 Tab indents for Icon code.
13582 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13583 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13585 Variables controlling indentation style:
13586 icon-tab-always-indent
13587 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13588 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13590 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13591 inserted in Icon code.
13593 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13596 icon-continued-statement-offset
13597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13598 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13599 icon-continued-brace-offset
13600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13601 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13604 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13606 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13608 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13609 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13615 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13616 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
13617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13619 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13620 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13621 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13622 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13624 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13625 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13628 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13629 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13631 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13632 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13633 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13635 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13637 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13641 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13642 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13645 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13646 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13648 The main features of this mode are
13650 1. Indentation and Formatting
13651 --------------------------
13652 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13653 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13655 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13656 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13657 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13658 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13660 Comments are indented as follows:
13662 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13663 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13664 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13666 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13668 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13669 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13670 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13671 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13672 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13673 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13675 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13676 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13677 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13678 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13682 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13683 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13684 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13685 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13686 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13687 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13688 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13689 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13690 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13691 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13696 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13697 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13698 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13699 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13703 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13704 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13705 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13706 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13707 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13710 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13711 --------------------------------
13712 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13713 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13715 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13716 \\fu FUNCTION template
13717 \\c CASE statement template
13718 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13719 \\f FOR loop template
13720 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13721 \\w WHILE loop template
13722 \\i IF statement template
13723 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13726 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13727 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13729 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13730 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13731 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13732 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13734 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13735 -------------------------
13736 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13737 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13739 7. Automatic END completion
13740 ------------------------
13741 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13742 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13746 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13747 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13749 9. Documentation and Customization
13750 -------------------------------
13751 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13752 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13753 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13754 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13755 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13759 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13760 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13761 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13763 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13769 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13770 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13771 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13772 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13773 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13774 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13775 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13776 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19619
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13780 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13781 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13782 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13783 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13785 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13786 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13787 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13790 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13792 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13794 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13795 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13796 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13797 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13798 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13799 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13800 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13801 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13802 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13806 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13807 Switch to another buffer.
13808 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13809 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13812 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13813 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13814 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13815 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13816 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13818 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13819 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13821 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13822 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13824 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13825 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13826 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13827 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13828 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13829 in a separate window.
13830 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13831 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13832 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13833 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13834 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13835 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13836 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13837 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13838 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13842 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13843 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13844 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13849 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13850 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13851 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13856 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13858 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13863 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13864 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13865 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13866 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13870 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13871 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13872 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13873 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13877 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13878 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13882 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13883 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13884 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13885 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13886 visible in another frame.
13888 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13889 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13890 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13891 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13892 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13893 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13895 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13896 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13898 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13899 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13901 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13902 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13903 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13904 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13905 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13906 in a separate window.
13907 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13908 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13909 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13910 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13911 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13912 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13913 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13914 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13915 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13916 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13917 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13918 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13919 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13920 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13921 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13925 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13926 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13927 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13928 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13932 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13933 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13934 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13935 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13939 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13940 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13941 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13942 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13946 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13947 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13948 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13949 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13953 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13954 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13955 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13956 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13960 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13961 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13962 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13963 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13967 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13968 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13969 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13970 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13974 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13975 Write current buffer to a file.
13976 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13977 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13981 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13982 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13983 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13984 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13988 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13989 Call `dired' the ido way.
13990 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13991 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13995 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13996 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13997 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13998 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13999 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14000 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14002 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14004 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14005 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14006 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14007 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14009 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14011 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14012 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14013 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14014 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14016 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14018 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14019 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14020 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14021 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14022 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14023 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14024 with `completing-read'.
14025 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14026 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14027 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14028 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14029 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14030 with point positioned at the end.
14031 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14032 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14034 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14038 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19591 62571))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14040 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
14042 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14043 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14044 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14050 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19640 47194))
14051 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14053 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14055 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14056 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14062 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
14063 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
14064 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14065 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14066 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14067 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
14068 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14070 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14071 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14072 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14075 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14077 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14078 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14079 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14084 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14085 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14086 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14089 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14091 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14092 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14093 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14096 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14098 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14099 Determine and return image type.
14100 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14101 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14102 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14103 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14104 use its file extension as image type.
14105 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14107 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14109 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14110 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14111 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14113 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14115 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14116 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14117 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14119 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14120 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14121 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14122 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14127 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14129 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14130 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14131 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14132 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14133 use its file extension as image type.
14134 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14135 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14136 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14137 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14139 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14141 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14142 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14143 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14145 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14147 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14148 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14149 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14150 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14151 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14152 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14153 POS may be an integer or marker.
14154 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14155 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14156 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14157 means display it in the right marginal area.
14159 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14161 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14162 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14163 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14164 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14165 defaulted if you omit it.
14166 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14167 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14168 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14169 means display it in the right marginal area.
14170 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14171 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14172 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14173 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14174 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14176 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14178 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14179 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14180 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14181 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14182 defaulted if you omit it.
14183 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14184 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14185 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14186 means display it in the right marginal area.
14187 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14189 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14191 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14192 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14193 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14194 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14196 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14198 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14199 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14201 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14203 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14204 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14205 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14206 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14207 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14208 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14209 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14210 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14213 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14215 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14217 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14219 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14220 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14222 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14223 documentation string.
14225 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14226 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14227 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14228 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14229 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14230 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14231 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14236 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14237 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14239 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14241 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14243 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14244 Create an animated image.
14245 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14246 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14247 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14248 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14249 use its file extension as image type.
14250 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14251 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14252 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14253 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14255 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14257 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14259 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14260 Register the file types that ImageMagick is able to handle.
14266 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14267 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14268 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14269 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14270 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14271 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14272 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14273 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19562 42953))
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14276 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14277 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14278 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14279 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14280 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14281 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14285 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14286 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14288 Convenience command that:
14290 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14291 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14292 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14294 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14295 image files in dired and type
14296 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14298 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14300 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14301 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14303 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14305 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14306 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14307 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14308 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14309 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14312 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14313 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14314 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14316 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14317 instead of erasing it first.
14319 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14320 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14321 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14322 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14323 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14324 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14326 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14328 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14329 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14330 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14331 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14336 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14338 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14340 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14341 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14345 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14346 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14347 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14351 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14352 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14356 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14357 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14358 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14359 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14363 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14364 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14368 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14369 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14373 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14374 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14378 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14379 Display current image file.
14380 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14381 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14385 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14386 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14390 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14391 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14392 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14393 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14394 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14395 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14396 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14400 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14401 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14402 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14409 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14410 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14411 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19562 42953))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14414 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14415 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14416 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14417 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14419 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14420 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14421 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14422 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14424 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14426 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14427 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14428 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14429 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14431 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14432 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14433 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14434 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14436 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14438 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14439 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14443 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14444 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14445 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14446 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14448 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14450 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14451 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14452 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14455 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14457 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14459 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14460 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14461 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14462 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14464 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14465 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14466 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14472 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14473 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19619 52030))
14474 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14476 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14477 Major mode for image files.
14478 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14479 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14483 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14484 Toggle Image minor mode.
14485 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14486 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14487 to display an image file as the actual image.
14489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14491 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14492 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14493 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14494 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14495 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14496 to display an image file as the actual image.
14498 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14499 to display an image file as text initially.
14501 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14506 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14509 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14513 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14514 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19619 52030))
14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14517 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14518 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14520 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14522 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14523 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14526 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14528 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14529 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14530 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14532 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14534 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14535 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14537 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14538 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14539 pattern's structure.
14541 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14542 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14543 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14545 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14547 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14549 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14550 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14552 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14553 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14554 called within a `save-excursion'.
14556 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14558 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14560 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14561 Function for finding the next index position.
14563 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14564 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14565 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14568 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14569 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14571 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14573 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14574 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14576 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14577 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14578 It should return the name for that index item.")
14580 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14582 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14583 Function to compare string with index item.
14585 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14586 non-nil if they match.
14588 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14589 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14590 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14591 arguments match\".")
14593 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14595 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14596 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14597 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14599 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14600 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14602 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14604 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14606 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14607 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14608 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14609 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14613 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14614 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14616 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14620 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14621 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14622 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14623 for more information.
14625 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14629 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14630 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14631 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19562 42953))
14632 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14634 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14635 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14639 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14642 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14644 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14647 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14649 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14652 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14654 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14655 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14657 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14661 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14662 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14663 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19640 47194))
14664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14666 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14667 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14668 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14669 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14670 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14672 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14674 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14675 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14677 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14679 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14680 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14681 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14682 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14683 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14684 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14685 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14686 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14688 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14690 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14691 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14692 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14693 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14694 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14696 This variable is only used if the variable
14697 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14699 More precise choices:
14700 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14701 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14704 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14706 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14708 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14709 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14711 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14712 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14713 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14715 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14716 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14717 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14721 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14723 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14727 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14728 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14729 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14730 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14731 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14734 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14735 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14737 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14738 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14739 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14741 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14742 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14743 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14744 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14745 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14746 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14747 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14748 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14749 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14750 with the top-level Info directory.
14752 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14753 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14754 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14755 appended to the Info buffer name.
14757 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14758 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14759 in all the directories in that path.
14761 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14763 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14765 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14766 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14770 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14771 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14772 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14773 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14777 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14778 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14779 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14780 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14782 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14784 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14785 Go to the Info directory node.
14789 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14790 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14791 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14792 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14793 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14794 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14796 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14798 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14799 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14800 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14802 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14804 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14805 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14806 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14807 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14808 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14810 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14812 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14813 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14814 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14815 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14816 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14818 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14819 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14821 Selecting other nodes:
14822 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14823 Follow a node reference you click on.
14824 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14825 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14826 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14827 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14828 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14829 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14830 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14831 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14832 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14833 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14834 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14835 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14836 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14837 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14838 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14839 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14840 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14841 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14842 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14843 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14845 Moving within a node:
14846 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14847 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14848 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14849 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14850 move up to the parent node.
14851 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14852 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14854 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14857 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14858 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14859 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14860 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14861 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14862 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14863 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14864 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14865 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14866 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14867 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14868 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14869 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14870 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14871 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14872 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14875 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14877 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14878 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14879 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14880 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14881 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14882 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14884 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14885 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14887 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14888 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14890 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14891 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14892 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14893 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14897 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14898 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14899 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14903 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14904 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14905 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14907 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14911 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14912 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14913 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
14914 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14916 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14917 Throw away all cached data.
14918 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14919 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14923 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14925 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14926 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14927 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14928 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14929 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14930 one found at point.
14932 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14934 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14935 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14937 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14938 Display the documentation of a file.
14939 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14940 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14941 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14942 The default file name is the one found at point.
14944 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14946 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14948 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14949 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14951 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14953 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14954 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14956 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14960 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14961 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19562 42953))
14962 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14964 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14965 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14967 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14969 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14970 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14971 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14975 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14976 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14977 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14979 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14980 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14988 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19591 62571))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14991 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14992 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14994 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14996 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14997 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14999 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15001 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15002 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15003 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15004 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15006 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15007 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15008 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15010 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15011 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15012 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15013 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15017 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15018 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15019 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15023 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15024 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15025 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15026 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15027 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15033 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15034 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15035 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15036 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15038 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15039 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15043 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15044 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15048 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15051 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15055 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19562
15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15059 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15060 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15061 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15062 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15063 accessed via isearchb.
15069 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15070 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15071 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15072 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19562 42953))
15073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15075 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15076 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15077 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15078 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15079 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15081 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15083 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15084 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15085 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15086 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15087 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15089 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15091 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15092 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15093 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15094 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15095 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15097 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15099 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15100 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15101 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15102 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15103 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15105 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15107 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15108 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15109 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15110 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15111 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15113 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15115 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15116 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15117 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15118 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15119 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15121 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15123 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15124 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15125 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15126 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15127 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15129 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15131 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15132 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15133 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15134 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15136 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15138 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15139 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15140 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15141 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15143 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15145 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15146 Warn that format is read-only.
15148 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15150 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15151 Warn that format is write-only.
15153 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15155 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15156 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15163 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
15164 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15165 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15166 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15167 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15171 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15172 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15173 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15174 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15175 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19619 52030))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15178 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15180 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15181 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15182 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15183 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15184 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15186 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15188 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15190 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15191 Key map for ispell menu.")
15193 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15194 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15195 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15196 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15198 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15200 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15202 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15204 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15206 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15207 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15208 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15209 Valid forms include:
15210 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15211 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15212 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15213 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15215 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15216 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15217 First list is used raw.
15218 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15220 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15221 for skipping in latex mode.")
15223 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15224 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15225 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15226 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15227 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15228 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15229 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15231 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15232 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15233 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15234 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15236 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15237 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15238 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15239 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15240 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15242 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15243 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15245 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15246 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15248 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15249 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15251 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15252 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15255 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15256 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15257 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15258 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15259 quit spell session exited.
15261 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15263 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15264 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15265 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15267 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15269 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15270 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15274 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15275 SPC: Accept word this time.
15276 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15277 `a': Accept word for this session.
15278 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15279 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15280 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15281 `?': Show these commands.
15282 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15283 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15284 the aborted check to be completed later.
15285 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15286 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15287 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15288 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15289 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15290 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15291 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15295 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15296 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15297 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15299 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15301 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15302 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15303 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15304 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15306 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15308 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15310 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15311 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15312 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15313 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15315 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15317 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15318 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15322 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15323 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15327 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15328 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15332 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15333 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15334 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15335 sequence inside of a word.
15337 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15339 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15341 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15342 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15346 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15347 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15348 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15349 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15351 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15352 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15353 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15354 available on the net.
15358 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15359 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15360 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15361 otherwise turn it off.
15363 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15364 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15366 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15367 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15371 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15372 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15373 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15374 Don't check included messages.
15376 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15377 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15378 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15380 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15381 in your .emacs file:
15382 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15383 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15384 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15385 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15387 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15388 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15389 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15395 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19640
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15399 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15400 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15401 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15402 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15403 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15404 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15406 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15408 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15409 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15410 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15411 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15412 `iswitchb' for details.
15414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15419 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15420 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15421 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19562 42953))
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15424 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15429 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15430 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15431 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15432 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15433 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15434 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15435 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15436 necessary to represent OBJ.
15438 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15440 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15441 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15442 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15443 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15445 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15447 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15448 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15449 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15450 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15451 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15453 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15455 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15456 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15457 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15458 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15460 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15462 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15463 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15464 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15465 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15467 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15469 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15470 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15474 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15475 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15476 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15477 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15478 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15480 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15482 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15483 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15484 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15485 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15486 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15488 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15490 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15491 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15492 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15494 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15498 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15499 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19562 42953))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15502 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15503 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15504 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15505 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15507 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15510 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15512 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15513 Uninstall jka-compr.
15514 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15515 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15516 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15522 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19619 52030))
15523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15525 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15526 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15534 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15539 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15540 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15543 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15544 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15545 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15546 decimal key must be specified.")
15548 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15550 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15551 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15552 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15553 decimal key must be specified.")
15555 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15557 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15558 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15559 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15560 decimal key must be specified.")
15562 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15564 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15565 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15566 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15567 decimal key must be specified.")
15569 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15571 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15572 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15573 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15574 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15575 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15579 -------------------------------------------------------------
15580 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15581 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15582 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15583 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15584 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15585 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15586 in the global and local keymaps.
15588 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15589 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15591 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15595 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15596 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15597 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15599 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15600 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15601 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15603 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15604 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15605 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15606 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15609 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15610 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15611 the context of text formatting.
15613 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19619
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15621 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15622 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15623 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15624 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15625 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15626 positions that contains the current selection.")
15628 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15629 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15630 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15631 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15632 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15633 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15634 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15636 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15640 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15641 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15642 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15643 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19591 62571))
15644 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15645 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15646 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15647 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15648 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15649 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15650 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15651 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15653 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15654 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15656 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15658 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15659 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15660 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15661 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15662 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15664 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15666 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15667 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15668 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15670 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15671 defining the macro.
15673 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15674 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15675 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15677 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15678 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15682 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15683 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15684 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15685 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15686 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15689 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15690 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15691 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15695 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15696 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15697 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15699 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15700 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15701 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15702 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15704 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15705 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15707 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15709 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15710 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15711 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15713 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15716 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15717 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15719 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15720 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15721 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15723 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15724 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15728 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15729 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15730 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15731 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15733 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15735 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15736 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15737 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15738 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15740 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15741 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15743 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15745 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15746 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15747 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15749 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15754 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19562 42953))
15755 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15757 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15758 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15759 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15761 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15769 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15772 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15774 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15775 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15779 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15781 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15782 Start or resume an Lm game.
15783 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15784 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15786 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15787 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15788 none / 1 | yes | no
15793 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15794 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15795 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15801 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15802 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15803 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19562 42953))
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15806 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15809 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15811 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15812 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15813 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15814 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15815 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15816 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15818 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15819 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15821 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15823 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15824 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15826 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15828 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15831 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15833 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15836 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15841 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15842 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19562 42953))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15845 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15846 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15847 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15848 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15850 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15852 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15853 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15854 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15856 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15858 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15859 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15860 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15864 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15865 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15866 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15867 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15869 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15873 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15874 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19562 42953))
15875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15877 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15878 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15879 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15880 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15881 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15882 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15883 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15884 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15886 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15887 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15890 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15892 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15894 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15895 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15896 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15897 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15898 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15899 `latin1-display-setup'.
15901 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15903 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15904 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15905 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15906 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15909 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15911 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15915 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15916 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15919 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15920 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15926 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15927 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15930 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15931 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15933 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15934 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15936 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15937 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15939 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15940 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15941 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15942 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15943 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15944 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15945 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15946 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15947 and transmit saved text.
15950 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15951 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15955 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19562 42953))
15963 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15965 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15966 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15967 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15968 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15969 generations (this defaults to 1).
15971 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15975 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15976 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19598 13691))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15979 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15980 Format used to display line numbers.
15981 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15982 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15983 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15984 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15986 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15988 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15989 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15993 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15994 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15995 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15997 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15998 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16000 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16002 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16003 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16004 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16006 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16007 `linum-on' would do it.
16008 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16014 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19591
16016 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16018 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16019 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16020 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16021 is nil, raise an error.
16023 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16024 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16025 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16026 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16027 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16028 defined by the library.
16030 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16031 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16032 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16033 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16034 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16037 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16038 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16039 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16040 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16042 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16047 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19562 42953))
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16050 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16051 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16052 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16054 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16056 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16057 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16058 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16059 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16061 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16062 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16063 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16064 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16065 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16066 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16069 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16070 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16072 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16073 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16075 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16077 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16079 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16080 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16081 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16082 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16083 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16084 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16085 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16086 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16087 to constrain a big search.
16089 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16091 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16092 except that FILTER is not optional.
16094 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16098 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19562 42953))
16099 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16101 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16102 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16103 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16105 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16106 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16107 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16108 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16109 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16111 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16112 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16113 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16114 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16115 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16117 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16118 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16119 uses the current buffer.
16121 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16125 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19640
16127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16129 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16130 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16136 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19591
16138 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16140 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16141 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16142 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16143 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16144 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16146 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16147 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16148 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16150 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16151 are indicated with a symbol.
16153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16158 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19562
16160 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16162 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16164 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16166 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16167 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16168 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16170 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16171 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16173 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16174 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16175 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16176 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16177 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16178 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16179 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16181 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16183 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16184 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16185 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16186 switch on this list.
16187 See `lpr-command'.")
16189 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16191 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16192 Name of program for printing a file.
16194 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16195 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16196 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16197 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16198 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16199 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16202 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16204 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16205 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16206 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16207 for customization of the printer command.
16211 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16212 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16214 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16215 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16216 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16217 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16219 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16220 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16222 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16223 for further customization of the printer command.
16227 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16228 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16229 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16230 for customization of the printer command.
16232 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16234 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16235 Paginate and print the region contents.
16237 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16238 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16239 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16240 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16242 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16243 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16245 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16246 for further customization of the printer command.
16248 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16252 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16253 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
16254 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16256 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16257 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16258 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16260 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16264 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19598
16266 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16268 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16269 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16270 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16271 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16275 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16279 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19562
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16283 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16284 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16291 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16292 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
16293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16295 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16296 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16297 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16298 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16299 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16301 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16305 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16306 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19598 13691))
16307 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16309 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16310 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16311 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16312 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16313 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16315 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16317 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16318 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16319 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16320 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16322 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16323 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16324 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16325 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16328 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16329 use this command, and then save the file.
16331 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16333 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16334 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16335 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16336 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16337 each time the macro executes.
16338 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16339 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16340 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16341 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16342 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16343 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16344 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16348 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16349 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16350 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16351 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16353 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16354 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16355 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16358 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16359 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16361 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16362 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16363 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16364 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16365 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16367 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16370 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16371 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16372 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16374 You could enter the names in this format:
16380 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16383 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16386 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16387 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16389 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16390 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16395 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19598 13691))
16396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16398 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16399 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16400 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16401 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16402 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16403 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16405 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16406 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16407 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16408 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16409 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16411 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16412 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16413 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16416 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16418 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16419 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16421 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16425 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16426 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16427 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
16428 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16430 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16431 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16435 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16440 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16441 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16443 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16445 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16446 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16447 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16450 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16456 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16457 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16458 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16459 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
16460 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16462 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16463 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16464 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16465 often correct parser.")
16467 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16469 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16470 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16472 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16474 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16475 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16476 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16477 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16479 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16481 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16482 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16483 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16484 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16486 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16488 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16489 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16490 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16491 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16493 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16495 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16496 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16497 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16498 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16499 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16500 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16501 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16502 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16503 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16506 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16508 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16509 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16510 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16511 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16512 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16513 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16514 matches may be returned from the message body.
16516 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16521 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19591
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16525 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16526 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16527 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16530 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16532 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16534 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16535 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16539 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16540 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16544 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16545 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16546 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16548 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16550 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16551 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16552 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16554 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16555 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16556 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16559 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16563 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16564 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19591
16566 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16568 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16569 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16570 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16572 If `parens', they look like:
16573 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16574 If `angles', they look like:
16575 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16577 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16579 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16580 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16581 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16582 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16583 their `Resent-' variants.
16585 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16586 removed from alias expansions.
16588 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16590 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16591 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16592 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16594 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16595 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16596 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16597 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16599 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16601 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16602 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16603 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16604 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16611 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
16612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16614 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16615 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16616 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16617 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16624 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16625 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19598 13691))
16626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16628 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16629 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16631 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16632 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16633 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16634 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16635 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16636 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16638 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16639 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16640 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16641 dependency, despite the colon.
16643 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16645 In the browser, use the following keys:
16647 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16649 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16651 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16652 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16654 `makefile-target-colon':
16655 The string that gets appended to all target names
16656 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16657 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16659 `makefile-macro-assign':
16660 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16661 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16662 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16663 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16664 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16665 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16667 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16668 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16669 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16671 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16672 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16674 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16675 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16676 up or down in the browser.
16678 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16679 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16681 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16682 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16684 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16685 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16686 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16687 has been selected in the browser.
16689 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16690 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16691 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16692 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16693 filenames are omitted.
16695 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16696 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16697 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16698 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16699 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16700 the backslash itself intact.
16701 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16702 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16704 `makefile-browser-hook':
16705 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16706 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16708 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16709 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16710 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16711 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16715 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16716 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16720 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16721 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16725 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16726 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16730 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16731 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16735 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16736 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19562
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16746 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16747 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16748 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16754 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16755 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16758 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16760 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16761 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16762 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16763 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16764 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16765 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16766 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16767 page, it will display immediately.
16769 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16770 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16771 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16776 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16777 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16778 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16779 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16783 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16784 otherwise look like a page name.
16789 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16790 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16791 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16795 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16797 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16798 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16800 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16802 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
16803 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
16805 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19562 42953))
16810 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16812 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16813 Toggle Master mode.
16814 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16815 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16816 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16818 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16819 following commands:
16821 \\{master-mode-map}
16823 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16824 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16825 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16831 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16832 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
16833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16835 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16836 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16837 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16840 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16842 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16844 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16845 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16846 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16847 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16848 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16850 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16851 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (19619 52030))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16860 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
16864 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16865 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16866 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16867 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16868 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16869 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16870 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19640 47194))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16873 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16875 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16876 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16877 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16878 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16879 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16880 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16881 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16882 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16883 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16884 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16885 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16886 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16887 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16888 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16889 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16890 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16891 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16892 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16893 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16894 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16895 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16896 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16897 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16898 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16899 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16900 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16901 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16902 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16903 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16904 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16905 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16906 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16907 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16908 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16909 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16910 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16911 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16912 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16916 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16917 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16918 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16919 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16920 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16922 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16924 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16925 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16927 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16929 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16930 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16932 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16934 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16935 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16937 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16939 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16940 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16941 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16943 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16945 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16946 Cancel an article you posted.
16947 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16951 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16952 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16953 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16954 header line with the old Message-ID.
16958 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16959 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16963 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16964 Forward the current message via mail.
16965 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16966 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16968 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16970 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16973 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16975 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16978 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16980 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16981 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16985 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16986 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16988 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16990 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16991 Re-mail the current message.
16992 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16993 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16998 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16999 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17001 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17003 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17004 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17006 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17008 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17009 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17011 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17013 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17014 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17016 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17018 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17019 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17020 Works by overstriking characters.
17021 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17022 which specify the range to operate on.
17024 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17026 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17027 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17028 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17029 which specify the range to operate on.
17031 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17035 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17036 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
17037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17039 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17040 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17044 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17045 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17049 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17050 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17054 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17055 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17061 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17062 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17063 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
17064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17066 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17067 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17068 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17072 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17073 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17074 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17075 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17076 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17077 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17078 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17080 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17082 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17083 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17084 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17085 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17086 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17088 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17089 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17091 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17093 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17094 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17095 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17096 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17097 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17099 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17100 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17102 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17106 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17107 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17108 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19562 42953))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17111 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17112 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17113 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17117 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17118 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17119 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17123 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17124 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17126 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17127 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17128 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17130 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17131 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17133 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17134 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17136 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17138 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17140 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17141 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17142 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17143 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17144 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17147 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17148 initial Subject field, respectively.
17150 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17151 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17154 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17157 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17159 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17160 Save draft and send message.
17162 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17163 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17164 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17167 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17168 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17169 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17171 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17172 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17173 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17174 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17175 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17176 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17178 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17179 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17181 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17182 message and scan line.
17184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17186 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17187 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17189 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17190 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17191 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17192 delete the draft message.
17198 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19562 42953))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17201 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17203 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17205 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17207 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17208 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17214 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17215 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19562 42953))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17218 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17219 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17220 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17222 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17223 the MH mail system.
17225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17227 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17228 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17229 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17231 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17232 the MH mail system.
17234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17236 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17237 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17239 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17240 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17241 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17244 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17245 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17246 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17249 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17253 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17254 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17255 can be used in several ways.
17257 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17258 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17259 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17260 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17264 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17265 The range must be nonempty.
17270 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17271 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17278 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17281 All of the messages.
17283 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17284 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17286 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17287 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17288 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17290 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17296 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17297 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19562 42953))
17298 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17300 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17301 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17302 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17303 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17304 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17305 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17306 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17307 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17308 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17309 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17310 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17314 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17315 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17316 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17317 to its second argument TM.
17319 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17324 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19591 62571))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17327 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17328 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17329 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17332 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17334 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17336 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17337 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17338 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17339 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17340 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17341 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17342 default indication.
17344 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17345 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17351 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19598 13691))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17354 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17355 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17356 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17357 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17358 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17359 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17360 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17361 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17362 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17368 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17369 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17370 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19562 42953))
17371 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17372 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17374 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17375 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17377 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17378 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17379 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17382 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17383 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17384 end of the search space).
17386 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17387 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17388 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17389 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17390 should return the previous buffer to search.
17392 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17393 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17394 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17396 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17397 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17398 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17401 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17402 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17403 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17405 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17406 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17407 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17411 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17412 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17413 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17414 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17415 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17416 whose names match the specified regexp.
17418 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17420 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17421 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17422 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17423 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17424 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17425 whose names match the specified regexp.
17427 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17429 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17430 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17431 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17432 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17433 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17434 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17435 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17437 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17439 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17440 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17441 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17442 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17443 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17444 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17445 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17447 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17451 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17452 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17455 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17456 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17463 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17464 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19640 47194))
17465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17467 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17468 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17470 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17472 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17473 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17474 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17475 the entire message.
17476 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17478 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17482 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17483 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17486 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17487 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17488 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17489 the entire message.
17490 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17492 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17496 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17497 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19598 13691))
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17500 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17501 Insert file contents of URL.
17502 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17504 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17506 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17507 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17513 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17514 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19598 13691))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17517 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17518 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17519 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17520 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17521 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17523 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17525 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17526 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17527 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17529 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17533 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17534 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
17535 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17537 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17540 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17542 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17545 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17549 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17550 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17551 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19640 47194))
17552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17554 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17557 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17559 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17562 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17564 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17567 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17569 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17572 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17574 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17577 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17579 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17582 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17584 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17591 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17592 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
17593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17595 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17596 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17597 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17598 followed by the first character of the construct.
17600 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17601 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17602 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17603 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17604 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17605 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17606 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17607 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17608 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17609 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17610 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17611 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17612 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17615 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17616 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17617 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17623 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17624 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
17625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17627 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17628 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17630 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17632 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17633 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17635 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17639 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17640 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19562 42953))
17641 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17643 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17644 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17646 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17647 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17648 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17650 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17651 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17652 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17654 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17655 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17657 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17658 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17659 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17660 hemisphere you're in.)
17662 To test this function, evaluate:
17663 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17665 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17667 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17668 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17670 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17671 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17673 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17674 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17675 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17677 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17678 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17680 To test this function, evaluate:
17681 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17683 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17687 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19598
17689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17691 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17692 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17693 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17696 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17698 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17700 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17701 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17702 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17703 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17705 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17707 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17709 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17711 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17712 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17713 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17714 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17715 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17716 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17718 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17719 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17720 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17721 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17722 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17724 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17725 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17727 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17728 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17730 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17732 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17733 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17734 primary selection and region.
17736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17740 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19562 42953))
17741 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17743 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17744 Main entry point for MPC.
17750 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19640 47194))
17751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17753 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17754 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17760 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19562 42953))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17763 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17764 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17765 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17768 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17770 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17772 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17774 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17775 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17776 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-cmds" "international/mule-cmds.el" (19598
17784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-cmds.el
17786 (put 'input-method-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
17790 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17791 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17792 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17793 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17794 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17795 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17796 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17798 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17799 Display a list of all character sets.
17801 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17802 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17803 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17804 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17805 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17807 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17808 but still shows the full information.
17812 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17813 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17814 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17816 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17817 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17818 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17819 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17820 meanings of these arguments.
17822 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17824 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17825 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17827 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17829 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17830 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17832 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17834 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17835 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17837 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17839 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17840 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17842 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17843 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17845 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17846 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17847 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17848 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17849 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17850 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17851 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17852 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17853 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17854 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17855 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17856 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17857 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17858 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17859 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17860 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17864 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17865 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17869 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17870 Display a list of all coding systems.
17871 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17873 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17874 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17878 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17879 Display a list of all coding categories.
17883 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17884 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17885 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17887 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17890 Display information about FONTSET.
17891 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17893 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17895 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17896 Display a list of all fontsets.
17897 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17898 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17899 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17903 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17904 Display information about all input methods.
17908 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17909 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17911 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17912 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17913 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17914 system which uses fontsets).
17918 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17919 Show log of font listing and opening.
17920 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17921 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17923 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17928 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17929 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17930 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17931 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17932 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19562 42953))
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17935 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17936 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17937 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17939 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17941 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17943 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17944 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17946 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17947 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17949 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17950 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17952 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17954 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17955 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17956 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17957 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17958 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17959 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17960 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17962 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17963 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17964 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17965 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17966 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17967 middle of a character in STR.
17969 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17970 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17972 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17973 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17974 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17975 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17976 defaults to \"...\".
17978 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17980 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17981 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17983 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17984 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17985 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17987 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17988 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17989 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17991 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17992 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17993 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17995 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17996 longer than KEYSEQ.
17997 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17999 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18001 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18002 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18003 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18004 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18005 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18006 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18007 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18008 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18009 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18010 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18011 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18013 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18015 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18016 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18018 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18020 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18021 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18023 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18025 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18026 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18028 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18030 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18031 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18033 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18035 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18036 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18037 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18038 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18039 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18041 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18042 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18044 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18045 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18046 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18047 coding systems ordered by priority.
18049 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18051 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18052 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18053 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18054 language environment LANG-ENV.
18056 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18058 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18059 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18060 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18061 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18062 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18063 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18065 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18069 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18070 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18071 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18072 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19619
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18076 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18077 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18081 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18082 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18086 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18087 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18091 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18092 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18096 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18097 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18101 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18102 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18104 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18106 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18108 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18109 `ping-program-options'.
18113 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18114 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18118 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18119 Run nslookup program.
18123 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18124 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18128 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18133 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18138 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18139 Finger USER on HOST.
18141 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18143 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18144 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18145 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18146 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18148 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18150 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18155 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18156 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18158 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18160 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18161 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18163 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19640
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18171 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18172 Return a user name/password pair.
18173 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18174 listed in the PORTS list.
18176 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18180 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18181 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18182 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18183 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18184 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18185 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19619 52030))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18188 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18190 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18192 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18194 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18196 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18197 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18198 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18199 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18200 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18201 Major modes should set this variable.")
18203 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18204 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18205 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18206 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18207 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18208 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18210 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18211 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18213 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18214 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18215 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18217 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18218 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18219 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18220 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18221 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18223 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18224 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18225 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18227 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18228 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18229 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18230 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18232 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18233 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18234 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18235 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18236 column indentation or nil.
18237 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18239 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18240 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18241 The function has no args.
18243 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18244 comments always start in column zero.")
18246 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18247 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18248 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18250 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18252 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18253 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18254 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18255 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18257 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18258 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18260 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18262 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18263 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18264 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18265 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18266 customize this variable.
18268 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18269 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18271 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18273 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18274 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18275 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18276 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18277 the variables are properly set.
18279 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18281 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18282 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18286 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18287 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18288 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18290 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18292 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18293 Set the comment column based on point.
18294 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18295 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18296 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18297 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18301 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18302 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18303 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18307 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18308 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18309 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18312 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18314 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18315 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18316 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18317 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18318 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18320 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18321 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18322 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18324 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18325 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18326 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18327 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18328 changed with `comment-style'.
18330 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18332 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18333 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18334 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18335 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18337 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18339 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18340 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18341 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18342 is passed on to the respective function.
18344 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18346 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18347 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18348 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18349 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18350 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18351 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18352 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18353 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18354 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18355 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18359 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18360 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18361 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18363 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18365 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18366 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18367 This indents the body of the continued comment
18368 under the previous comment line.
18370 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18371 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18372 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18374 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18375 or comment indentation.
18377 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18378 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18380 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18385 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19598 13691))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18388 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18389 Check whether newsticker is running.
18390 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18391 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18395 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18396 Start the newsticker.
18397 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18398 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18399 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18400 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18402 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18407 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18410 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18411 Start newsticker plainview.
18417 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18418 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18421 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18422 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18428 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18429 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19598 13691))
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18432 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18433 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18434 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18435 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18440 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18441 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18442 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18449 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18450 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18453 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18454 Start newsticker treeview.
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18461 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18464 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18465 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18467 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19640
18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18475 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18476 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18477 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18478 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18479 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18480 symbol in the alist.
18482 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18486 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18487 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18490 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18491 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18492 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18498 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18499 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18502 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18503 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18505 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18509 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18510 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19562 42953))
18511 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18513 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18514 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18515 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18517 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18519 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18522 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18524 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18525 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18526 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18527 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18528 to future sessions.
18530 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18532 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18533 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18534 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18535 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18536 to future sessions.
18538 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18542 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18543 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18546 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18547 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18549 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18550 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18551 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18557 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18558 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18561 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18562 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18563 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18564 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18566 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18570 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19562
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18574 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18575 Major mode for editing XML.
18577 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18578 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18579 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18580 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18581 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18582 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18583 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18585 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18587 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18588 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18590 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18591 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18592 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18593 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18596 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18597 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18598 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18599 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18600 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18601 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18603 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18604 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18605 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18607 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18608 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18609 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18611 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18612 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18613 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18614 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18615 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18616 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18617 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18618 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18619 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18621 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18623 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18624 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18628 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18632 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18633 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19562 42953))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18636 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18637 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18638 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18639 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18645 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-previous-src-block org-babel-next-src-block
18646 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18647 ;;;;;; org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree
18648 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-buffer org-babel-open-src-block-result
18649 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
18650 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18651 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18652 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block-maybe) "ob" "org/ob.el" (19598
18654 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18656 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18657 Conditionally execute a source block.
18658 Detect if this is context for a Babel src-block and if so
18659 then run `org-babel-execute-src-block'.
18663 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18664 Conditionally expand a source block.
18665 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18666 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18670 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18671 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18672 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18673 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18677 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18678 Conditionally pop to a session.
18679 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18680 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18684 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18685 Execute the current source code block.
18686 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18687 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18688 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18690 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18691 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18693 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18694 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18697 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18699 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18700 Expand the current source code block.
18701 Expand according to the source code block's header
18702 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18704 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18706 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18707 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18708 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18709 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18712 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18714 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18715 Switch to the session of the current source-code block.
18716 If called with a prefix argument then evaluate the header arguments
18717 for the source block before entering the session. Copy the body
18718 of the source block to the kill ring.
18720 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18722 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
18723 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
18724 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
18725 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
18726 results already exist.
18728 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
18730 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
18731 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
18732 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18733 the current buffer.
18735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18737 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
18738 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
18739 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18740 the current subtree.
18742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
18745 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
18747 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
18749 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
18750 Toggle visibility of result at point.
18754 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
18755 Go to a named source-code block.
18759 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
18760 Go to a named result.
18764 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
18765 Jump to the next source block.
18766 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
18768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18770 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
18771 Jump to the previous source block.
18772 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
18774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18778 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
18779 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
18780 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
18782 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
18783 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
18789 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
18790 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19562 42953))
18791 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
18793 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
18794 Add all source-blocks defined in FILE to `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
18796 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
18798 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
18799 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
18800 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
18801 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
18805 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
18806 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
18808 This function is analogous to org-babel-get-src-block-name. For
18809 both functions, after they are called, (match-string 1) matches
18810 the function name, and (match-string 2) matches the function
18811 arguments inside the parentheses. I think perhaps these functions
18812 should be renamed to bring out this similarity, perhaps involving
18819 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file)
18820 ;;;;;; "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el" (19562 42953))
18821 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
18823 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
18824 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
18825 This function exports the source code using
18826 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
18829 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
18832 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
18833 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
18834 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
18835 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
18836 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
18838 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18840 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
18841 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
18842 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
18843 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
18844 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
18845 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
18846 exported source code blocks by language.
18848 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18852 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18853 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18856 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18857 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18858 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18860 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18862 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18863 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18865 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18866 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18867 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18871 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18875 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18876 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
18877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18879 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18880 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18882 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18883 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18884 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18885 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18887 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18888 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18889 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18890 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18891 is why you need this mode!).
18893 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18894 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18895 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18897 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18902 \\{octave-mode-map}
18904 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18905 ==============================================
18907 `octave-auto-indent'
18908 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18911 `octave-auto-newline'
18912 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18915 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18916 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18917 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18919 `octave-block-offset'
18920 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18923 `octave-continuation-offset'
18924 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18927 `octave-continuation-string'
18928 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18929 Default is a backslash.
18931 `octave-send-echo-input'
18932 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18933 command to the inferior Octave process.
18935 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18936 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18937 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18939 `octave-send-echo-input'
18940 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18942 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18944 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18945 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18947 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18949 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18950 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18952 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18955 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18957 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18958 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18959 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18960 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18966 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18967 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
18968 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18969 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18970 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18971 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
18972 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18973 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18975 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
18976 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
18978 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
18980 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18981 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18982 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18984 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18985 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18986 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18987 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18988 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18989 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18990 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18991 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18992 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18993 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18995 The following commands are available:
19001 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19003 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19004 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19006 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19010 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19011 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19012 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19013 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19014 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19015 defined by Org-mode).
19017 M-up Move entry/item up
19018 M-down Move entry/item down
19021 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19022 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19023 M-S-left Promote subtree
19024 M-S-right Demote subtree
19025 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19027 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19028 TAB Cycle item visibility
19029 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19030 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19031 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19035 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19036 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19040 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19041 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19045 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19046 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19047 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19048 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19051 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19053 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19054 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19055 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19056 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19058 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19059 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19060 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19064 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19065 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19066 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19070 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19071 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19072 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19077 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19078 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19080 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19082 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19083 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19085 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19086 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19087 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19088 returned as a list.
19090 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19091 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19092 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19093 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19094 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19095 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19096 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19097 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19098 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19101 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19102 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19103 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19104 visited by the iteration.
19106 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19108 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19109 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19110 file The current buffer, without restriction
19112 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19113 agenda All agenda files
19114 agenda-with-archives
19115 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19117 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19119 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19120 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19122 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19123 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19124 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19125 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19126 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19127 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19128 function leaves it.
19130 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19131 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19132 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19133 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19134 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19135 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19136 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19137 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19139 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19141 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19142 Switch between Org buffers.
19143 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19144 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19146 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19147 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19151 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19153 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19155 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19156 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19157 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19158 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19162 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19163 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19165 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19167 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19168 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19169 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19173 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19178 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19179 Reload all org lisp files.
19180 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19182 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19184 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19185 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19191 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19192 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19193 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19194 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19195 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19619 52030))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19198 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19199 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19200 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19201 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19203 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19204 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19205 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19206 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19207 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19208 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19209 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19210 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19211 e Export views to associated files.
19212 s Search entries for keywords.
19213 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19214 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19215 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19216 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19217 > Remove a previous restriction.
19218 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19219 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19220 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19222 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19223 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19224 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19226 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19227 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19228 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19229 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19232 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19234 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19235 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19236 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19237 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19238 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19239 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19240 before running the agenda command.
19242 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19244 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19245 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19246 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19247 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19248 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19249 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19250 before running the agenda command.
19252 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19253 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19255 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19257 category The category of the item
19258 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19259 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19260 todo selected in TODO match
19261 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19262 diary imported from diary
19263 deadline a deadline on given date
19264 scheduled scheduled on given date
19265 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19266 closed entry was closed on given date
19267 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19268 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19269 block entry has date block including g. date
19270 todo The todo keyword, if any
19271 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19272 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19273 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19274 extra Sting with extra planning info
19275 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19276 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19277 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19279 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19281 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19284 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19286 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19287 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19289 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19291 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19292 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19293 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19294 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19296 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19297 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19298 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19301 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19302 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19303 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19305 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19306 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19308 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19310 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19311 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19313 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19314 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19315 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19316 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19319 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19320 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19321 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19322 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19323 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19324 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19326 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19327 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19328 including newlines.
19330 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19331 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19332 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19333 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19334 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19335 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19336 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19338 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19339 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19340 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19341 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19343 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19344 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19345 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19346 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19347 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19348 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19349 Boolean search must match as full words.
19351 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19352 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19354 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19356 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19357 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19358 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19359 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19360 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19361 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19365 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19366 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19367 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19369 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19371 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19372 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19373 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19374 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19375 `org-stuck-projects'.
19376 MATCH is being ignored.
19378 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19380 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19381 Return diary information from org-files.
19382 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19383 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19384 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19385 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19386 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19388 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19390 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19392 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19393 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19397 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19398 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19399 So the example above may also be written as
19401 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19403 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19404 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19405 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19407 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19409 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19410 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19412 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19414 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19415 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19416 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19420 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19421 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19422 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19425 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19426 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19428 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19429 for filtering entries out.
19431 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19432 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19434 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19435 (category \"Work\"))
19437 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19438 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19440 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19444 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19445 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19446 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19449 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19450 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19451 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19455 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19456 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19457 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19463 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19464 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19465 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19466 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19562
19468 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19470 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19471 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19473 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19475 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19476 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19478 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19480 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19481 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19483 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19485 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19486 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19488 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19490 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19491 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19492 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19496 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19497 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19498 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19499 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19500 command to convert it.
19502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19504 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19505 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19506 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19507 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19508 cut-and-paste operations.
19509 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19510 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19511 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19512 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19514 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19516 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19517 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19519 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19521 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19522 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19523 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19524 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19525 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19526 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19527 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19528 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19529 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19530 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19531 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19532 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19533 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19534 publishing directory.
19536 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19540 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19562
19542 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19544 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19545 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19546 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19552 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19553 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19556 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19557 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19563 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19564 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19562 42953))
19565 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19567 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19569 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19570 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19571 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19572 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19573 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19574 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19576 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19577 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19578 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19581 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19583 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19584 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19587 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19589 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19594 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19595 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19601 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19602 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19562 42953))
19603 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19605 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19606 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19607 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19608 fontified, and then returned.
19610 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19612 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19613 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19619 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19620 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19562 42953))
19621 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19623 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19624 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19625 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19626 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19629 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19633 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19634 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19635 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19636 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19562 42953))
19637 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19639 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19640 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19641 This function can be used in batch processing.
19646 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19647 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19651 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19652 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19653 No file is created.
19657 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19658 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19659 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19660 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19661 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19662 then use this command to convert it.
19664 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19666 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19667 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19668 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19669 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19670 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19671 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19672 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19673 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19674 could call this function in the following way:
19676 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19678 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19679 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19681 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19683 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19684 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19686 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19688 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19689 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19693 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19694 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19695 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19696 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19697 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19698 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19699 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19700 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19701 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19702 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19703 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19704 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19705 publishing directory.
19707 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19711 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19712 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19713 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19714 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19716 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19717 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19718 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19719 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19720 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19722 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19723 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
19724 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19728 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19729 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19730 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19731 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
19732 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
19733 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19734 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19735 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19738 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19740 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19741 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19742 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19743 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19744 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19746 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19747 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19748 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19749 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19751 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19752 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19753 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19755 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19756 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19757 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19760 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19762 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19763 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19769 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19770 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19562
19772 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19774 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19775 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19779 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19780 Get inbox items from FEED.
19781 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19782 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19784 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19786 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19787 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19791 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19792 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19798 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19799 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19562 42953))
19800 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19802 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19803 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19804 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19805 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19806 create a new footnote, interactively.
19807 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19809 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19811 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19812 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19813 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19814 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19815 Org-mode exporters.
19816 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19817 referenced sequence.
19819 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19823 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19824 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19825 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19826 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19562 42953))
19827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19829 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19832 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19835 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19837 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19839 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19840 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19842 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19844 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19845 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19847 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19849 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19850 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19852 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19854 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19855 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19857 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19861 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19862 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19863 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19864 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19562 42953))
19865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19867 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19869 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19871 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19873 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19874 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19875 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19876 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19877 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19881 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19882 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
19883 This function can be used in batch processing as:
19885 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19886 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19887 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19891 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19892 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19893 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19897 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19898 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19899 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19900 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19901 command to convert it.
19903 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19905 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19906 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19907 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19908 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19909 cut-and-paste operations.
19910 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19911 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19912 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19913 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19915 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19917 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19918 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19920 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19922 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19923 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19924 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19925 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19926 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19927 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19928 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19929 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19930 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19931 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19932 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19933 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19934 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19935 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19936 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19938 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19940 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19941 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19942 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19943 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19944 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19945 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19946 need into your CSS file.
19948 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19949 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19950 that uses these same face definitions.
19956 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19957 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19958 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19959 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19961 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19962 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19963 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19964 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19968 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19969 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19970 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19971 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19975 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19976 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19977 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19983 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19984 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19985 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19562 42953))
19986 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19988 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19989 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19990 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19991 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19993 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19995 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19996 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19997 Create an ID if necessary.
20001 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20002 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20003 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20004 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20005 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20006 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20007 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20009 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20011 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20012 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20013 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20014 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20016 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20018 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20020 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20021 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20022 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20023 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20025 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20028 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20029 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20033 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20034 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20035 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20036 if there is no entry with that ID.
20037 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20039 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20041 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20042 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20049 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20052 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20053 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20055 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20056 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20057 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20063 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20064 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20065 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20067 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20068 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20074 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20075 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20076 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20077 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20080 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20081 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20085 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20086 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20087 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20091 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20092 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20093 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20097 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20098 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20099 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20100 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20101 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20102 then use this command to convert it.
20104 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20106 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20107 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20108 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20109 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20110 cut-and-paste operations.
20111 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20112 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20113 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20114 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20116 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20118 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20119 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20121 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20123 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20124 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20125 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20126 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20127 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20128 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20129 convert them as description lists.
20130 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20131 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20132 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20133 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20134 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20135 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20136 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20137 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20138 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20139 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20140 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20142 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20144 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20145 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20147 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20149 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20150 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20156 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20157 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19562
20159 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20161 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20162 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20163 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20164 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20168 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20169 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20170 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20171 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20175 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20176 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20182 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20183 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20186 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20187 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20188 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20189 line directly before or after the table.
20191 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20195 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20196 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20197 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20198 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20200 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20202 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20205 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20207 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20208 Publish all projects.
20209 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20210 directory and force publishing all files.
20212 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20214 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20215 Publish the current file.
20216 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20218 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20220 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20221 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20222 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20225 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20229 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20230 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20231 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19562 42953))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20234 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20235 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20239 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20240 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20241 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20242 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20243 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20247 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20248 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20249 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20250 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20252 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20254 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20255 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20256 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20257 of the remember buffer.
20259 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20260 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20261 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20262 note stored by remember.
20264 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20265 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20267 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20269 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20270 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20271 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20272 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20273 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20274 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20275 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20276 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20277 process is used to select the target location.
20279 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20280 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20282 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20283 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20286 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20287 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20288 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20289 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20291 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20292 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20293 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20294 some additional data.
20296 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20297 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20298 \(i.e. after the stars).
20300 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20306 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20307 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19562 42953))
20308 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20310 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20311 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20315 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20316 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20320 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20321 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20322 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20323 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20324 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20326 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20331 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19562 42953))
20332 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20334 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20335 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20336 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20337 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20338 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20339 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20340 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20341 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20342 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20343 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20344 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20345 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20349 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20350 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20351 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20357 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20358 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20359 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20360 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20362 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20363 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20364 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20365 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20366 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20367 without user interaction.
20368 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20369 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20370 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20371 the region 0:00:00.
20373 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20375 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20376 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20377 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20378 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20379 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\universal-argument], change all the timer string
20380 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20381 that was not started at the correct moment.
20383 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20385 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20386 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20388 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20390 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20391 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20395 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20396 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20398 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20399 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20400 prompt the use if she wants to replace it.
20402 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20403 the duration of the timer.
20405 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20406 without prompting the user for a duration.
20408 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20409 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20410 replace any running timer.
20412 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20416 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20417 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20420 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20421 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20422 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20424 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20428 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20429 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20431 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20433 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20434 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20435 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20436 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20438 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20439 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20440 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20441 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20443 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20444 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20445 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20446 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20447 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20448 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20450 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20451 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20452 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20454 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20455 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20456 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20457 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20458 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20459 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20460 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20461 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20462 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20463 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20464 The subheadings remain visible.
20465 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20467 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20468 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20469 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20471 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20472 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20476 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20477 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20478 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20479 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20482 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20486 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20487 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20488 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20489 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
20490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20492 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20493 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20494 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20495 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20496 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20498 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20499 activate the package system at any time.")
20501 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20503 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20504 Install the package named NAME.
20505 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20506 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20510 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20511 Install a package from the current buffer.
20512 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20513 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20514 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20516 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20517 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20518 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20520 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20522 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20523 Install a package from a file.
20524 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20528 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20529 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20530 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20534 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20535 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20537 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20539 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20540 Display a list of packages.
20541 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20542 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20546 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20550 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19562 42953))
20551 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20553 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20554 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20555 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20558 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20560 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20562 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20563 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20564 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20565 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20567 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20568 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20574 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20575 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
20576 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20577 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20579 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20580 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20581 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20582 unknown are returned as nil.
20584 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20588 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19619
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20592 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20593 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20594 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20596 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20597 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20599 Other useful functions are:
20601 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20602 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20603 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20604 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20605 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20606 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20607 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20608 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20609 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20611 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20613 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20614 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20615 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20616 Indentation for case statements.
20617 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20618 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20620 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20621 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20622 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20623 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20624 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20625 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20626 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20627 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20628 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20629 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20631 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20632 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20634 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20635 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20641 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20642 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19598 13691))
20643 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20645 (defvar password-cache t "\
20646 Whether to cache passwords.")
20648 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20650 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20651 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20652 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20654 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20658 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20659 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20662 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20663 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20664 The keys affected are:
20665 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20666 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20667 M-Backspace does undo.
20668 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20669 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20670 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20677 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20680 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20681 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20682 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20685 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20687 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20689 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20690 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20692 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20694 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20695 which modify the status of the mark.
20697 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20698 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20700 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20701 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20703 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20704 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20705 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20706 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20707 turning PC Selection mode on.
20709 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20710 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20712 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20713 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20714 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20716 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20717 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20718 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20720 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20721 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20723 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20724 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20725 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20727 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20728 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20729 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20735 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20736 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20743 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20744 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20747 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20748 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20749 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20751 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20752 _ matches anything.
20753 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20754 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20755 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20756 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20757 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20759 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20760 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20761 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20762 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20763 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20765 PRED can take the form
20766 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20767 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
20768 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20769 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20770 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20771 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20772 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20774 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
20776 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20778 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20779 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20780 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20781 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20783 \(fn BINDINGS BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20785 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20786 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20787 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20788 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20790 \(fn BINDINGS BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20794 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19598
20796 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20798 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20799 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20806 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19598 13691))
20807 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20809 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20810 Completion for `gzip'.
20814 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20815 Completion for `bzip2'.
20819 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20820 Completion for GNU `make'.
20824 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20825 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20829 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20833 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20834 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19598 13691))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20837 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20838 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20842 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20843 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20847 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20848 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20854 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19598
20856 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20858 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20859 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20866 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20867 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19598 13691))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20870 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20871 Completion for `cd'.
20875 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20877 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20878 Completion for `rmdir'.
20882 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20883 Completion for `rm'.
20887 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20888 Completion for `xargs'.
20892 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20894 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20895 Completion for `which'.
20899 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20900 Completion for the `chown' command.
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20905 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20909 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20910 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20915 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20916 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20922 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20923 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20924 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19591
20926 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20929 Support extensible programmable completion.
20930 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20931 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20933 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20935 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20936 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20940 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20941 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20942 This will modify the current buffer.
20946 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20947 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20951 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20952 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20953 This will modify the current buffer.
20957 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20958 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20962 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20963 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20967 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20968 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20969 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20970 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20971 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20973 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20975 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20976 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20982 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20983 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20984 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19591 62571))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20987 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20988 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20989 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20990 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20992 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20994 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20996 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20997 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20998 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20999 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21000 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21001 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21004 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21006 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21007 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21008 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21009 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21010 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21011 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21012 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21013 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21015 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21017 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21018 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21019 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21020 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21021 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21022 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21023 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21026 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21029 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21030 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21031 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21032 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21033 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21034 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21036 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21038 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21039 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21040 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21042 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21044 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21045 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21046 A value of nil means never do it.
21047 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21048 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21049 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21051 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21053 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21054 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21055 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19598 13691))
21060 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21062 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21066 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21067 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
21068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21069 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21070 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21071 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21072 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21073 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21074 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21076 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21077 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21078 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21079 Tab indents for Perl code.
21080 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21081 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21082 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21084 Variables controlling indentation style:
21085 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21086 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21087 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21088 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21089 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21090 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21091 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21093 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21094 `perl-indent-level'
21095 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21096 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21097 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21098 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21099 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21100 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21101 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21102 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21103 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21104 `perl-brace-offset'
21105 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21106 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21107 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21108 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21109 `perl-label-offset'
21110 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21111 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21112 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21114 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21115 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21116 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21117 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21118 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21119 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21120 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21122 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21128 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21129 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21130 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21131 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19640 47194))
21132 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21134 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21135 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21137 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21139 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21140 passphrase cache or user.
21142 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21144 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21145 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21147 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21150 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21153 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21155 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21158 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21159 passphrase cache or user.
21161 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21163 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21164 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21166 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21168 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21171 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21172 passphrase cache or user.
21174 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21177 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21179 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21180 passphrase cache or user.
21182 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21185 Decrypt the current buffer.
21187 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21190 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21191 passphrase cache or user.
21193 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21195 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21196 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21198 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21199 a detached signature.
21201 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21202 and the output is displayed.
21204 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21205 passphrase cache or user.
21207 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21209 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21210 Sign the current buffer.
21212 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21213 detached signature.
21215 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21218 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21219 and the output is displayed.
21221 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21222 passphrase cache or user.
21224 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21227 Verify the current region between START and END.
21228 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21229 the detached signature of the current region.
21231 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21232 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21234 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21237 Verify the current buffer.
21238 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21239 the detached signature of the current region.
21240 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21241 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21242 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21245 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21248 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21252 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21253 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21255 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21257 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21258 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21264 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21265 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
21266 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21268 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21269 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21271 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21275 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21276 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
21277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21279 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21280 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21281 \\<picture-mode-map>
21282 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21283 afterwards settable by these commands:
21285 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21286 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21287 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21288 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21290 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21291 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21292 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21293 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21295 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21296 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21297 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21298 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21300 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21301 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21302 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21303 with these commands:
21305 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21306 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21307 Move to column following last
21308 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21309 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21310 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21311 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21312 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21313 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21315 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21317 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21318 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21319 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21320 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21321 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21322 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21324 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21325 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21326 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21327 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21328 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21329 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21330 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21332 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21333 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21334 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21335 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21336 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21337 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21338 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21339 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21341 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21342 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21343 by supplying an argument.
21345 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21347 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21348 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21352 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21356 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21357 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
21358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21360 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21361 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21362 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21364 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21368 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19562 42953))
21369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21371 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21372 Play pong and waste time.
21373 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21374 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21376 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21384 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19640 47194))
21385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21387 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21388 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21389 Use streaming commands.
21391 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21395 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21396 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21397 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
21398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21400 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21401 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21402 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21403 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21405 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21407 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21408 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21412 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21413 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21414 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21415 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21416 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21418 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21420 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21421 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21422 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21424 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21427 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21429 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21431 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21432 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21433 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21434 Ignores leading comment characters.
21438 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21439 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21440 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21441 Ignores leading comment characters.
21447 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21448 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21449 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21450 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21451 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21452 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21453 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21454 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21455 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21456 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21457 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21458 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21459 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21460 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21461 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21462 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21463 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21464 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21465 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
21466 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21468 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21469 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21471 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21473 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21475 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21478 Preview directory using ghostview.
21480 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21481 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21482 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21483 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21485 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21486 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21487 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21488 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21489 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21492 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21494 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21496 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21497 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21499 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21500 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21501 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21502 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21504 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21505 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21506 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21507 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21508 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21511 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21513 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21515 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21516 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21518 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21519 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21520 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21521 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21523 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21524 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21525 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21526 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21527 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21530 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21532 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21534 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21535 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21537 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21539 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21540 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21541 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21542 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21544 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21545 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21546 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21547 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21548 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21551 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21553 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21555 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21556 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21558 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21559 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21560 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21562 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21563 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21564 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21565 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21567 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21569 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21570 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21572 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21573 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21574 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21576 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21577 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21578 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21579 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21581 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21583 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21584 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21586 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21587 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21588 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21590 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21591 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21592 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21593 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21595 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21597 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21598 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21600 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21602 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21603 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21604 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21606 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21607 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21608 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21609 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21611 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21613 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21614 Preview region using ghostview.
21616 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21618 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21620 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21621 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21623 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21625 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21627 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21628 Print region using PostScript printer.
21630 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21632 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21634 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21635 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21637 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21639 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21641 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21642 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21644 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21646 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21648 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21649 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21651 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21653 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21655 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21656 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21658 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21660 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21663 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21665 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21667 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21669 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21670 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21671 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21672 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21674 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21677 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21678 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21680 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21682 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21684 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21685 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21686 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21687 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21691 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21692 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21693 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21694 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21698 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21699 Print directory using text printer.
21701 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21704 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21705 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21707 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21709 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21712 Print buffer using text printer.
21716 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21717 Print region using text printer.
21721 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21722 Print major mode using text printer.
21726 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21727 Preview spooled PostScript.
21729 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21730 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21731 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21733 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21734 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21735 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21737 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21739 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21740 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21742 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21743 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21744 instead of sending it to the printer.
21746 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21747 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21748 image in a file with that name.
21750 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21753 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21755 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21756 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21757 instead of sending it to the printer.
21759 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21760 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21761 image in a file with that name.
21763 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21765 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21766 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21768 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21769 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21770 instead of sending it to the printer.
21772 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21773 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21774 image in a file with that name.
21776 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21779 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21781 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21783 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21784 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21786 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21789 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21791 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21794 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21796 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21799 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21801 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21804 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21806 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21807 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21808 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21809 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21811 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21812 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21813 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21814 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21815 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21816 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21819 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21821 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21822 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21826 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21827 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21829 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21831 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21836 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21837 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21841 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21842 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21846 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21847 Toggle printing with faces.
21851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21856 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21864 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21866 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21876 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21877 Toggle upside-down.
21881 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21882 Toggle line number.
21886 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21887 Toggle zebra stripes.
21891 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21892 Toggle printing header.
21896 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21897 Toggle printing header frame.
21901 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21906 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21907 Toggle auto region.
21911 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21916 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21917 Customization of the `printing' group.
21919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21921 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21922 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21926 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21927 Help for the printing package.
21929 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21931 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21932 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21936 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21937 Interactively select a text printer.
21941 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21942 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21946 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21947 Show current ps-print settings.
21949 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21951 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21952 Show current printing settings.
21954 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21956 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21957 Show current lpr settings.
21959 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21961 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21962 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21964 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21965 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21966 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21967 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21970 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21972 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21973 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21974 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21976 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21977 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21978 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21979 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21980 current active printer.
21982 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21983 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21984 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21987 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21988 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21989 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21990 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21991 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21994 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21995 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21997 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21999 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22000 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22001 be done using the new current active printer.
22003 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22004 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22007 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22008 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22009 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22010 instead of sending it to the printer.
22012 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22013 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22016 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22019 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22022 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22024 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22025 Fast fire function for text printing.
22027 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22028 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22029 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22030 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22032 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22033 user for a new active text printer.
22035 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22037 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22039 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22040 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22043 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22045 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22048 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22052 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19598 13691))
22053 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22055 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22056 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22057 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22058 information will be displayed but not selected.
22059 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22061 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22067 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22068 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
22069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22071 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22072 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22073 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22075 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22076 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22077 if that value is non-nil.
22081 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22083 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22084 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22085 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22087 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22091 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19598
22093 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22095 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22096 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22097 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22099 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22103 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19598
22105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22107 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22108 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22110 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22112 The following variables hold user options, and can
22113 be set through the `customize' command:
22115 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22117 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22118 `ps-mode-print-function'
22120 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22124 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22127 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22133 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22134 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22135 The keymap for this second window is:
22137 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22140 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22141 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22142 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22143 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22144 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22150 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22151 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22152 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22153 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22154 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22155 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19640
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22159 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22160 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22161 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22163 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22165 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22166 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22167 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22168 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22170 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22172 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22173 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22177 nil Do not print colors.
22181 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22182 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22184 Any other value is treated as t.")
22186 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22188 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22189 Customization of ps-print group.
22193 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22194 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22196 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22197 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22198 sending it to the printer.
22200 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22201 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22202 image in a file with that name.
22204 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22206 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22207 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22208 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22209 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22210 so it has a way to determine color values.
22212 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22214 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22215 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22216 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22218 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22220 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22221 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22222 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22223 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22224 so it has a way to determine color values.
22226 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22228 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22229 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22230 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22231 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22233 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22237 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22238 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22239 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22240 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22241 so it has a way to determine color values.
22243 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22247 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22248 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22249 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22251 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22255 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22256 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22257 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22258 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22259 so it has a way to determine color values.
22261 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22263 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22265 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22266 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22268 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22269 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22270 instead of sending it to the printer.
22272 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22273 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22274 image in a file with that name.
22276 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22278 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22279 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22280 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22281 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22282 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22286 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22287 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22288 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22290 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22292 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22293 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22294 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22296 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22298 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22299 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22303 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22304 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22306 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22307 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22309 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22310 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22312 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22314 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22316 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22318 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22319 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22321 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22322 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22324 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22325 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22327 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22329 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22331 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22333 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22334 foreground and background colors respectively.
22336 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22337 bold - use bold font.
22338 italic - use italic font.
22339 underline - put a line under text.
22340 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22341 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22342 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22343 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22344 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22346 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22348 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22352 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22353 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19598 13691))
22354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22360 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22362 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22363 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22364 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22365 buffer automatically.
22367 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22368 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22369 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22370 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22371 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22372 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22373 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22375 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22376 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22377 buffer for a list of commands.)
22379 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22381 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22382 Major mode for editing Python files.
22383 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22384 for correct parsing of the source.
22385 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22386 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22387 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22389 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22390 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22391 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22392 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22393 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22394 \\<python-mode-map>
22395 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22396 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22397 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22398 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22399 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22400 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22402 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22403 effect outside them.
22405 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22406 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22407 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22408 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22409 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22410 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22411 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22412 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22413 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22415 \\{python-mode-map}
22419 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22420 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22421 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22422 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22426 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22427 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22428 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22429 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22430 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22431 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22433 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22434 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22435 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22436 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22437 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22438 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22439 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22441 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22442 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22443 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22444 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22445 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22447 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22448 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22449 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22450 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22451 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22452 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22453 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22456 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22457 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22458 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22459 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22460 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22461 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22464 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22468 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22469 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
22470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22472 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22473 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22474 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22477 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22478 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22480 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22481 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22482 them into characters should be done separately.
22484 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22488 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22489 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22490 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22491 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22492 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19591 62571))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22495 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22496 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22500 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22501 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22502 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22504 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22505 `quail-activate', which see.
22507 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22509 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22510 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22511 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22512 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22513 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22514 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22515 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22517 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22518 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22519 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22520 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22521 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22523 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22525 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22526 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22527 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22528 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22529 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22530 list of candidates.
22532 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22533 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22534 command to be called.
22536 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22537 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22538 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22539 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22541 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22542 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22543 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22544 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22545 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22548 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22549 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22550 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22551 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22553 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22554 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22555 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22556 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22558 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22559 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22560 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22561 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22562 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22563 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22565 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22566 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22567 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22568 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22569 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22570 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22572 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22573 covers Quail translation region.
22575 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22576 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22577 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22578 for it) is inserted.
22580 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22581 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22582 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22584 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22585 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22586 non-Quail commands.
22588 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22590 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22591 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22593 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22594 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22595 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22596 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22597 you type is correctly handled.
22599 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22601 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22602 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22604 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22607 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22609 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22610 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22611 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22612 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22613 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22614 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22615 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22616 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22617 for the translation.
22618 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22620 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22621 it is used to handle KEY.
22623 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22624 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22625 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22626 the following annotation types are supported.
22628 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22629 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22631 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22634 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22635 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22636 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22639 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22640 generated for the following translations.
22642 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22644 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22645 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22647 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22648 which to install MAP.
22650 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22652 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22654 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22655 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22657 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22658 which to install MAP.
22660 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22662 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22664 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22665 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22666 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22667 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22668 a function, or a cons.
22669 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22670 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22671 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22672 for the translation.
22673 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22674 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22675 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22676 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22677 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22679 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22680 it is used to handle KEY.
22682 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22683 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22684 current Quail package.
22686 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22687 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22689 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22691 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22692 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22694 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22695 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22697 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22699 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22700 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22702 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22704 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22705 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22706 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22707 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22708 of the Emacs source tree.
22710 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22711 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22713 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22714 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22717 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22721 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22722 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22723 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19640
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22727 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22728 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22729 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22730 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22732 To make use of this do something like:
22734 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22736 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22738 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22739 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22741 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22742 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22743 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22745 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22747 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22748 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22750 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22752 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22753 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22755 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22758 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22760 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22761 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22763 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22764 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22765 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22767 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22769 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22770 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22772 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22774 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22775 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22779 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22780 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22782 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22784 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22788 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22789 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22795 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22796 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19598 13691))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22799 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22800 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22802 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22804 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22808 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22810 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22813 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22815 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22816 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22817 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22820 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22822 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22824 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22825 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22831 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19619
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22835 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22836 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22839 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22844 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22847 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22849 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22850 Construct a regexp interactively.
22856 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19562 42953))
22857 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22859 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22860 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22861 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22864 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22866 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22868 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22869 Toggle recentf mode.
22870 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22871 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22873 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22874 that were operated on recently.
22876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22880 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22881 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22882 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22883 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19598
22885 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22886 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22887 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22888 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22889 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22890 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22891 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22893 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22894 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22895 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22896 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22898 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22900 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22902 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22903 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22904 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22905 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22908 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22909 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22912 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22914 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22915 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22916 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22918 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22919 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22922 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22924 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22925 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22926 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22928 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22930 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22931 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22933 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22934 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22936 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22939 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22940 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22941 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22942 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22945 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22947 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22948 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22952 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22953 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22954 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22955 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22956 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22957 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22958 and point is at the lower right corner.
22960 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22962 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22963 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22965 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22966 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22968 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22969 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22970 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22972 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22974 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22976 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22977 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22978 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22979 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22980 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22982 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22983 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22985 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22987 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22988 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22989 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22991 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22993 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22995 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22997 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22998 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23000 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23001 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23002 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23004 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23006 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23007 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23008 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23010 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23011 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23012 rectangle which were empty.
23014 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23018 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19591
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23022 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23023 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23024 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23026 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23027 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23028 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23034 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23035 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19598 13691))
23036 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23038 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23039 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23043 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23044 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23046 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23047 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23049 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23050 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23051 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23054 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23055 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23056 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23058 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23059 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23060 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23062 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23063 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23065 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23066 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23068 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23069 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23072 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23076 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23077 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23078 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23084 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23085 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23088 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23089 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23090 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23091 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23092 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23093 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23095 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23097 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23099 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23100 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23101 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23102 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23103 `reftex-cite-format'.
23105 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23106 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23107 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23108 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23110 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23114 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23115 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23118 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23119 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23120 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23121 the current TeX document.
23123 With no argument, this command toggles
23124 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23125 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23131 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23132 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23135 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23136 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23137 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23139 To insert new phrases, use
23140 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23141 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23143 To index phrases use one of:
23145 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23146 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23147 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23148 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23149 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23151 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23152 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23154 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23156 Here are all local bindings.
23158 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23164 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23165 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
23166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23168 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23169 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23170 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23173 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19598
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23180 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23181 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23182 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23183 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23187 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23188 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
23189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23191 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23192 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23193 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23194 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23195 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23196 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23198 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23199 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23201 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23203 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23204 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23206 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23208 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23209 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23210 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23211 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23213 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23217 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23218 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23219 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23222 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23223 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23224 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23225 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23227 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23229 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23231 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23232 Call `remember' in another frame.
23234 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23236 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23237 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23238 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23243 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23244 Extract diary entries from the region.
23250 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19619 52030))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23253 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23254 Repeat most recently executed command.
23255 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23256 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23257 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23259 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23260 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23261 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23262 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23264 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23265 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23266 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23268 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23273 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23276 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23277 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23279 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23280 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23281 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23282 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23283 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23284 and point is left after the salutation.
23286 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23287 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23288 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23289 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23290 left after that text.
23292 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23295 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23296 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23297 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23298 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23300 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23304 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23305 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23306 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23308 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23309 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23310 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23311 visibility of comments that precede it.
23312 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23313 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23314 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23315 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23316 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23317 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23318 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23319 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23321 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23322 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23323 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23324 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23325 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23331 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23332 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
23333 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23335 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23336 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23337 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23339 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23340 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23341 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23345 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23346 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23347 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23350 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23352 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23354 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23355 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23356 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23358 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23359 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23360 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23366 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23367 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23370 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23371 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23375 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23376 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23378 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23382 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19619 52030))
23383 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23384 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23386 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23387 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23388 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23389 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23391 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23393 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23394 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23395 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23396 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23398 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23399 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23401 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23402 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23404 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23405 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23408 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23409 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23410 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23411 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23412 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23414 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23415 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23416 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23417 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23419 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23420 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23423 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23427 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23428 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23429 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23430 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23431 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
23432 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19640
23434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23436 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23437 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23438 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23440 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23442 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23443 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23444 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23445 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23446 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23447 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23448 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23450 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23451 sent by you under different user names.
23452 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23454 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23456 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23458 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23459 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23460 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23461 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23462 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23464 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23465 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23467 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23469 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
23470 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23471 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23472 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23473 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23474 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23475 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23477 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23478 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23479 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23480 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23481 which normally happens once for each message,
23482 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23483 To make a change in this variable take effect
23484 for a message that you have already viewed,
23485 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23487 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23489 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23490 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23491 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23492 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23494 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23496 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23497 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23499 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23501 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23502 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23503 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23505 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23507 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23508 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23509 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23510 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23511 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23512 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23514 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23516 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23517 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23519 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23521 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23522 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23524 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23526 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23527 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23529 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23530 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23532 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23534 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23535 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23537 This is set to nil by default.")
23539 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23540 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23541 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23542 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23543 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23544 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23545 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23547 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23548 Read and edit incoming mail.
23549 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23550 file in RMAIL Mode.
23551 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23553 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23554 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23555 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23556 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23558 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23560 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23562 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23563 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23564 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23565 Instead, these commands are available:
23567 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23568 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23569 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23570 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23571 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23572 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23573 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23574 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23575 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23576 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23577 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23578 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23579 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23580 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23581 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23582 till a deleted message is found.
23583 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23584 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23585 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23586 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23587 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23588 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23589 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23590 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23591 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23592 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23593 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23594 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23595 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23596 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23597 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23598 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23599 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23600 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23601 (label defaults to last one specified).
23602 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23603 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23604 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23605 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23606 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23607 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23608 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23609 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23610 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23614 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23615 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23617 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23619 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23620 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23622 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23626 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23627 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19598 13691))
23628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23629 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23631 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23632 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23633 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23634 case it writes Babyl.
23636 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23637 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23638 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23639 `rmail-default-file'.
23641 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23642 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23643 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23645 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23646 the header display is currently pruned.
23648 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23649 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23650 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23651 messages after output.
23653 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23654 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23655 message (if writing a file directly).
23657 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23658 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23660 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23662 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23663 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23664 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23665 i) the header is output as currently seen
23666 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23667 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23669 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23670 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23671 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23673 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23675 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23676 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23677 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23678 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23679 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23680 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23681 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23683 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23684 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23685 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23687 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23692 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23695 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23696 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23699 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23703 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23704 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23707 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23708 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23709 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23710 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23716 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23717 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23720 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23721 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23723 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23724 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23725 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23726 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23727 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23728 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23729 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23730 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23731 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23732 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23734 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23735 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23736 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23737 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23738 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23739 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23740 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23741 to use for finding the schema.
23743 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23747 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19562
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23751 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23753 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23754 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23755 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23756 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23757 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23758 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23759 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23760 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23761 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23762 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23763 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23764 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23765 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23766 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23767 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23768 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23771 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23775 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23776 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19562 42953))
23777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23779 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23780 Define a robin package.
23782 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23783 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23784 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23785 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23787 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23788 one replaces the old one.
23790 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23792 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23793 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23795 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23796 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23797 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23799 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23801 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23802 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23804 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23809 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19591 62571))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23812 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23813 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23815 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23817 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23818 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23820 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23822 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23823 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23827 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23828 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23829 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23831 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23832 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23835 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23839 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23840 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23846 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23847 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
23848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23849 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23851 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23852 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23854 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23855 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23856 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23857 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23858 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23860 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23861 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23862 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23863 font-locking of blocks.
23869 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23871 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23872 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23873 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23874 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23876 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23877 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23878 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23884 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23885 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23888 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23889 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23890 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23891 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23892 nesting into account.
23894 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23900 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23902 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23906 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19562
23908 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23910 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23911 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23912 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23914 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23916 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
23918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23922 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19598
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23926 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23927 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23928 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23929 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23931 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23933 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23934 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23935 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23937 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23938 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23939 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23941 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23945 matches string STRING literally.
23948 matches character CHAR literally.
23950 `not-newline', `nonl'
23951 matches any character except a newline.
23954 matches any character
23959 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23960 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23961 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23963 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23964 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23965 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23966 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23968 `(not (any SET ...))'
23969 matches any character not in SET ...
23971 `line-start', `bol'
23972 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23973 in the text being matched
23976 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23978 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23979 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23980 string being matched against.
23982 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23983 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23984 string being matched against.
23987 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23988 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23991 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23992 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23995 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23997 `word-start', `bow'
23998 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24001 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24004 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24007 `(not word-boundary)'
24008 `not-word-boundary'
24009 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24013 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24016 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24018 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24019 matches 0 through 9.
24022 matches ASCII control characters.
24024 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24025 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24028 matches space and tab only.
24031 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24034 `printing', `print'
24035 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24038 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24039 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24040 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24042 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24043 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24044 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24047 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24050 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24052 `lower', `lower-case'
24053 matches anything lower-case.
24055 `upper', `upper-case'
24056 matches anything upper-case.
24058 `punctuation', `punct'
24059 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24060 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24062 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24063 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24066 matches anything that has word syntax.
24069 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24072 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24073 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24074 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24076 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24077 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24080 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24081 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24082 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24083 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24084 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24086 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24087 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24088 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24089 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24090 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24092 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24093 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24095 `(category CATEGORY)'
24096 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24097 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24099 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24100 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24101 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24102 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24106 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24107 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24108 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24109 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24110 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24111 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24112 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24113 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24114 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24115 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24116 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24117 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24118 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24119 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24128 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24132 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24134 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24139 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24140 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24142 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24143 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24144 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24145 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24146 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24148 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24149 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24150 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24151 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24153 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24154 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24155 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24156 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24157 regular expression.
24159 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24160 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24161 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24162 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24163 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24165 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24166 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24168 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24169 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24171 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24173 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24176 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24177 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24180 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24181 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24183 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24185 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24188 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24191 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24193 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24194 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24196 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24199 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24202 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24206 matches N occurrences.
24209 matches N or more occurrences.
24211 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24212 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24213 matches N to M occurrences.
24216 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24219 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24223 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24225 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24229 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19591
24231 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24233 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24234 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24235 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24238 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24240 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24242 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24243 Toggle savehist-mode.
24244 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24245 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24246 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24247 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24249 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24250 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24251 which is probably undesirable.
24253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24257 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24258 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24261 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24262 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24263 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24265 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24266 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24267 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24268 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24269 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24270 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24271 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24272 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24275 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24276 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24277 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24278 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24279 if that value is non-nil.
24283 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24284 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24285 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24288 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24289 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24290 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24291 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24292 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24293 that variable's value is a string.
24299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24300 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24303 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24304 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24305 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24307 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24313 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24314 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
24315 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24317 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24318 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24319 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24322 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24324 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24326 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24327 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24328 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24329 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24330 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24336 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24337 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24340 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24341 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24342 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24343 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24344 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19562 42953))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24353 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24354 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24358 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24359 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19619 52030))
24360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24362 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24363 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24364 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24366 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24367 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24368 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24369 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24370 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24371 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24372 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24373 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24374 keybinding for tag names.")
24376 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24378 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24379 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24380 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24383 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24385 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24387 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24388 Toggle Semantic mode.
24389 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24391 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24392 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24393 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24394 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24397 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24403 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24404 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24405 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24406 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24407 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24408 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24409 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24410 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24411 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19619 52030))
24412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24414 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24415 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24417 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24419 If `parens', they look like:
24420 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24421 If `angles', they look like:
24422 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24424 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24425 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24427 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24429 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24430 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24431 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24432 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24434 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24435 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24436 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24437 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24439 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24441 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24442 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24443 This is done when the message is initialized,
24444 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24446 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24448 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24449 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24450 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24452 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24454 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24456 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24457 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24458 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24459 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24460 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24461 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24462 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24464 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24465 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24467 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24468 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24470 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24472 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24473 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24474 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24477 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24479 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24480 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24481 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24482 when you first send mail.")
24484 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24486 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24487 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24488 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24489 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24490 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24492 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24494 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24495 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24496 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24497 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24498 This file need not actually exist.")
24500 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24502 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24503 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24505 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24507 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24508 Alist of mail address aliases,
24509 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24510 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24511 can specify a different file name.)
24512 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24513 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24515 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24516 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24517 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24519 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24521 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24522 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24523 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24525 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24527 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24528 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24529 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24530 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24531 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24532 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24533 in the cited portion of the message.
24535 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24536 instead of no action.")
24538 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24540 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24541 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24542 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24543 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24544 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24546 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24548 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24549 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24550 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24551 If a string, that string is inserted.
24552 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24553 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24554 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24555 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24557 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24559 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24560 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24562 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24564 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24565 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24566 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24568 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24569 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24571 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24573 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24574 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24575 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24576 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24578 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24580 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24581 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24582 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24583 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24586 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24588 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24589 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24590 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24591 `query' means ask the user each time.
24592 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24593 The default is `mime'.
24594 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24595 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24597 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24599 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24600 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24601 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24603 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24604 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24606 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24607 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24608 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24609 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24610 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24611 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24612 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24613 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24614 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24615 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24616 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24617 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24618 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24622 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24623 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24624 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24625 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24627 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24629 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24630 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24631 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24632 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24633 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24634 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24636 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24637 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24638 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24640 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24641 User should not set this variable manually,
24642 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24643 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24644 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24645 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24646 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24648 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24649 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24650 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24651 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24653 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24654 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24657 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24659 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24660 to move to message header fields:
24663 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24664 when the message is initialized.
24666 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24667 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24669 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24672 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24673 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24675 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24676 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24677 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24678 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24679 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24680 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24681 buffer without erasing the contents.
24683 The second through fifth arguments,
24684 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24685 the initial contents of those header fields.
24686 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24687 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24688 original message being replied to, or else an action
24689 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24690 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24691 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24692 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24693 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24694 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24696 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24698 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24699 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24701 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24703 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24704 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24706 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24710 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24711 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19640
24713 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24715 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24716 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24717 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24718 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24719 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24720 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24722 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24723 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24725 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24726 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24729 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24731 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24732 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24733 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24734 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24736 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24738 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24739 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24740 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24743 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24745 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24747 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24748 Toggle Server mode.
24749 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24750 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24751 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24755 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24756 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24757 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24759 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24760 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24762 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24766 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19591 62571))
24767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24769 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24770 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24771 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24775 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24776 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24777 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24778 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24784 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24785 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24788 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24789 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24791 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24794 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24795 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24796 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24798 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24799 in your `.emacs' file.
24801 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24803 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24804 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24809 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24810 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24811 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24812 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24813 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24814 which this is based.
24816 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24818 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24819 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24820 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24821 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24823 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24824 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24825 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24827 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24828 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24829 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24830 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24832 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24833 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24834 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24835 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24837 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24839 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24840 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24841 To work around that, do:
24842 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24850 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24851 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24853 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24855 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24856 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24857 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24858 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24859 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24860 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24862 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24863 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24864 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24865 shell-specific features.
24867 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24868 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24869 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24871 \\[sh-case] case statement
24872 \\[sh-for] for loop
24873 \\[sh-function] function definition
24874 \\[sh-if] if statement
24875 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24876 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24877 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24878 \\[sh-select] select loop
24879 \\[sh-until] until loop
24880 \\[sh-while] while loop
24882 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24883 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24884 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24885 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24886 would indent to the way it currently is.
24887 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24888 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24891 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24892 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24893 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24894 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24895 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24896 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24898 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24900 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24902 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24903 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24904 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24906 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24907 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24911 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24915 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19598 13691))
24916 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24918 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24919 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24920 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24921 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24922 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24923 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24925 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24929 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24930 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
24931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24933 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24934 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24936 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24937 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24938 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24940 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24941 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24942 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24943 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24946 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24948 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24950 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24951 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24952 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24954 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24955 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24957 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24958 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24959 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24960 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24961 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24962 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24963 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24966 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24967 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24968 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24969 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24970 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24972 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24973 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24975 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24979 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24980 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19562
24982 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24984 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24985 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24986 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24987 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24988 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24989 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24990 sites in the cluster.
24994 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24995 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24996 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24997 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24998 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25002 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25003 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25004 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25005 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25006 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25007 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25008 `shadow-define-cluster').
25012 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25013 Set up file shadowing.
25019 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25020 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25023 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25024 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25025 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25026 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25027 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25030 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25032 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25033 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25034 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25035 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25036 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25038 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25039 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25040 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25041 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25042 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25043 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25044 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25045 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25046 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25047 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25048 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25050 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25051 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25052 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25053 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25054 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25055 `default-process-coding-system'.
25057 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25058 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25059 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25060 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25062 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25064 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25065 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25069 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19640
25071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25073 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25076 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25080 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25081 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19640 47194))
25082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25084 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25087 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25089 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25092 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25094 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25097 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25101 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25102 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
25103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25105 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25106 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25107 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25108 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25109 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25111 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25117 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19598
25119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25121 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25122 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25123 \\{simula-mode-map}
25124 Variables controlling indentation style:
25125 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25126 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25127 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25128 `simula-indent-level'
25129 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25130 `simula-substatement-offset'
25131 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25132 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25133 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25134 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25135 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25136 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25137 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25138 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25139 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25140 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25141 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25142 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25143 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25144 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25145 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25146 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25147 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25148 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25149 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25150 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25151 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25152 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25153 or nil if they should not be changed.
25154 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25155 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25156 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25157 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25159 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25160 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25166 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25167 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19591 62571))
25168 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25170 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25171 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25173 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25174 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25175 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25176 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25178 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25180 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25182 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25183 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25184 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25185 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25186 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25188 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25189 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25191 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25193 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25194 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25196 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25197 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25198 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25199 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25201 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25202 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25203 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25204 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25206 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25207 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25208 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25210 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25211 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25213 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25214 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25216 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25217 _ interesting point, interregion here
25218 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25219 interesting point set by _
25220 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25221 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25222 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25223 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25224 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25225 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25228 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25229 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25231 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25232 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25233 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25234 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25235 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25236 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25237 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25238 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25240 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25241 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25242 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25243 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25244 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25247 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25248 then: insert previously read string once more
25249 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25250 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25251 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25253 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25254 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25256 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25258 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25259 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25261 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25262 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25263 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25264 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25265 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25268 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25269 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25270 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25276 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25277 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19591 62571))
25278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25280 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25281 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25282 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25285 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25287 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25288 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25289 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25293 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25294 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25295 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25301 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25302 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
25303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25305 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25306 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25307 A list of images is returned.
25309 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25311 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25312 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25313 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25319 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25320 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19562 42953))
25321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25323 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25328 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25329 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25335 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19562 42953))
25336 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25338 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25339 Play the Snake game.
25340 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25342 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25344 Snake mode keybindings:
25346 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25347 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25348 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25349 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25350 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25351 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25352 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25358 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25359 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
25360 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25362 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25363 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25364 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25365 Tab indents for C code.
25366 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25367 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25369 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25374 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25375 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25376 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25377 Tab indents for C code.
25378 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25379 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25381 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25382 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25388 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19619
25390 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25392 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25393 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25394 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25395 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25396 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25398 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25404 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19562
25406 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25408 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25411 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25412 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25413 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25414 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25415 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25416 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25417 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25418 check after each move or undo.)
25422 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25423 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25424 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25443 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25444 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25445 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25446 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25448 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25449 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25450 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25453 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25454 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25456 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25472 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25474 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25480 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25481 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25482 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19562 42953))
25483 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25484 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25486 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25487 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25489 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25490 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25491 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25492 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25495 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25496 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25497 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25500 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25501 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25503 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25504 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25505 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25506 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25509 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25510 It should move point to the end of the record.
25512 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25513 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25514 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25515 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25516 starts at the beginning of the record.
25518 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25519 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25522 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25523 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25525 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25527 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25528 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25529 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25530 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25531 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25534 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25536 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25537 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25538 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25539 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25540 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25543 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25545 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25546 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25547 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25548 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25549 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25552 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25553 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25555 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25556 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25557 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25558 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25559 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25560 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25561 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25562 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25563 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25565 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25567 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25568 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25569 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25570 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25571 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25572 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25573 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25576 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25578 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25579 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25580 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25581 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25582 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25583 is to be used for sorting.
25584 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25585 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25586 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25587 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25588 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25590 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25595 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25596 starting with the letter \"f\",
25597 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25599 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25601 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25602 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25603 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25604 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25605 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25606 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25607 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25610 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25611 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25612 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25613 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25614 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25616 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25618 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25619 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25620 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25622 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25626 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19640
25628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25630 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25631 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25632 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25633 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25634 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25635 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25637 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25641 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25642 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25643 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19640 47194))
25644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25646 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25647 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25649 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25650 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25651 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25653 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25655 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25656 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25657 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25660 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25662 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25663 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25664 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25666 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25668 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25669 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25670 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25671 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25676 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25677 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25678 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25679 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25685 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25686 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19591 62571))
25687 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25689 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25691 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25692 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25693 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25694 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25695 supported at a time.
25696 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25697 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25701 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25702 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25703 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25704 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25710 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25711 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19619 52030))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25714 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25716 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25717 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25718 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25719 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25720 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25721 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25725 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25727 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25728 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25729 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25730 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25734 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25736 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25737 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25738 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25739 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25740 for example, \"word\".
25742 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25744 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25746 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25747 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25749 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25751 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25755 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19562
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25759 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25760 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25764 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25765 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25771 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25772 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25773 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25774 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25775 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
25776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25778 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25779 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25781 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25782 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25783 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25784 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25785 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25786 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25787 of the current highlighting list.
25791 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25792 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25794 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25795 `_t' as data types.
25797 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25799 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25800 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25802 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25803 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25805 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25809 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25813 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25815 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25816 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25818 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25819 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25820 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25821 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25823 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25824 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25825 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25826 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25828 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25829 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25830 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25834 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25835 Major mode to edit SQL.
25837 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25838 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25839 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25842 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25844 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25845 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25846 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25847 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25848 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25849 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25851 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25852 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25854 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25855 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25856 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25858 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25860 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25864 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25865 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25867 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25870 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25871 is specified in the connection settings.
25873 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25875 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25876 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25878 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25879 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25881 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25882 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25883 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25884 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25888 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25890 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25891 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25898 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25899 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25900 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25902 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25905 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25906 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25907 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25910 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25911 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25912 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25913 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25914 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25915 `default-process-coding-system'.
25917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25921 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25922 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25924 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25925 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25928 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25929 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25930 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25931 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25933 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25934 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25936 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25937 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25938 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25941 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25942 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25943 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25944 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25945 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25946 `default-process-coding-system'.
25948 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25950 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25952 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25953 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25955 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25956 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25959 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25960 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25962 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25965 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25966 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25967 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25970 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25971 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25973 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25974 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25975 `default-process-coding-system'.
25977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25979 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25981 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25982 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25984 SQLite is free software.
25986 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25987 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25990 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25991 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25992 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25993 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25995 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25996 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25998 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25999 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26000 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26003 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26004 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26005 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26006 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26007 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26008 `default-process-coding-system'.
26010 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26012 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26014 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26015 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26017 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26019 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26020 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26023 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26024 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26025 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26026 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26028 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26029 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26031 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26032 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26033 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26038 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26041 `default-process-coding-system'.
26043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26047 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26048 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26055 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26058 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26059 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26061 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26062 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26063 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26066 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26067 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26068 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26069 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26070 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26071 `default-process-coding-system'.
26073 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26075 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26077 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26078 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26080 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26081 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26084 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26085 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26087 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26088 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26090 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26091 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26092 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26095 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26096 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26097 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26098 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26099 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26100 `default-process-coding-system'.
26102 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26104 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26106 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26107 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26109 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26110 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26113 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26114 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26115 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26116 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26118 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26119 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26121 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26122 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26123 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26126 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26127 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26128 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26129 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26130 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26131 `default-process-coding-system'.
26133 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26135 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26137 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26138 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26140 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26141 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26144 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26145 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26146 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26147 `sql-postgres-options'.
26149 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26150 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26152 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26153 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26154 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26157 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26158 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26159 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26160 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26161 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26162 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26163 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26164 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26166 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26167 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26169 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26171 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26173 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26174 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26176 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26177 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26180 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26181 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26184 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26185 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26187 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26188 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26189 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26192 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26193 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26194 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26195 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26196 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26197 `default-process-coding-system'.
26199 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26201 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26203 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26204 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26206 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26207 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26210 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26213 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26216 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26217 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26218 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26219 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26221 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26222 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26223 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26227 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26228 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26231 `default-process-coding-system'.
26233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26238 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26244 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26245 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26246 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26247 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26250 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26251 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26252 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26253 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26256 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26257 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26259 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26260 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26261 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26266 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26270 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26271 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26272 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26274 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26275 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26279 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26283 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26284 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
26285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26287 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26288 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26289 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26290 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26291 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26292 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26293 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26294 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26295 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26296 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26298 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26299 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26300 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26301 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26303 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26307 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26308 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26309 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26310 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26311 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19562
26313 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26315 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26316 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26317 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26318 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26319 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26320 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26322 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26324 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26326 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26327 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26328 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26329 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26330 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26331 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26332 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26334 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26336 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26337 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26338 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26339 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26340 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26341 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26342 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26344 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26346 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26347 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26348 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26350 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26352 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26353 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26354 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26356 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26359 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26361 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26364 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26368 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26369 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26373 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26374 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26375 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26376 chronologically by command name.
26377 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26379 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26381 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26382 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26383 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26385 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26386 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26388 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26390 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26391 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26392 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26393 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26394 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26395 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26396 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26398 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26399 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26400 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26401 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26403 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26407 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26408 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26409 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26410 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26412 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26415 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26421 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26422 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19562 42953))
26423 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26425 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26426 Studlify-case the region.
26428 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26430 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26431 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26433 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26435 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26436 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26442 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26443 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26446 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26447 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26448 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26449 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26450 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26451 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26452 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26453 Here are some examples:
26455 Nomenclature Subwords
26456 ===========================================================
26457 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26458 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26459 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26461 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26462 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26465 \\{subword-mode-map}
26467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26469 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26470 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26471 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26474 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26476 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26478 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26479 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26480 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26482 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26483 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26484 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26490 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26491 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26494 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26495 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26496 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26497 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26498 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26499 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26500 original message but it does require a few things:
26502 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26504 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26507 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26508 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26511 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26513 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26515 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26516 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26517 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26523 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19562
26525 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26529 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26530 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26531 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26534 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26536 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26538 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26539 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26540 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26541 otherwise turn it off.
26543 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26544 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26545 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26551 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19598 13691))
26552 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26554 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26555 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26556 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26557 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26558 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26562 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26563 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26564 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26565 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26566 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26567 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26568 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26574 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26575 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26576 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26577 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26578 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26579 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26580 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26581 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26582 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26583 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26584 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26585 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26586 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19619 52030))
26587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26589 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26590 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26591 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26593 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26595 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26596 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26598 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26600 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26601 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26603 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26605 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26606 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26608 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26610 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26611 Insert an editable text table.
26612 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26613 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26614 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26615 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26616 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26617 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26622 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26624 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26629 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26630 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26631 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26632 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26635 +-----+-----+-----+
26637 +-----+-----+-----+
26639 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26641 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26642 width, which results as
26644 +--------------+-----+-----+
26646 +--------------+-----+-----+
26648 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26649 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26651 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26655 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26656 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26657 width information to `table-insert'.
26659 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26665 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26668 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26669 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26671 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26676 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26678 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26681 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26684 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26686 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26688 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26691 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26694 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26697 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26698 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26699 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26701 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26704 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26712 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26715 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26718 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26719 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26720 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26721 | | |expected results.-!- |
26722 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26725 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26727 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26731 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26733 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26734 Insert N table row(s).
26735 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26736 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26737 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26738 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26742 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26743 Insert N table column(s).
26744 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26745 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26746 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26747 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26751 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26752 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26753 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26755 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26757 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26758 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26759 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26760 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26761 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26762 all the table specific features.
26764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26766 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26771 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26772 Recognize all tables within region.
26773 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26774 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26775 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26778 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26780 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26783 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26785 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26786 Recognize a table at point.
26787 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26788 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26789 the table specific features.
26791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26793 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26798 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26799 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26800 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26801 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26802 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26803 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26804 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26806 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26808 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26813 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26814 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26815 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26816 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26817 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26818 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26821 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26824 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26825 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26826 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26827 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26828 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26829 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26834 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26835 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26836 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26837 table's rectangle structure.
26839 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26842 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26843 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26844 table's rectangle structure.
26848 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26849 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26850 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26851 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26852 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26854 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26856 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26857 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26858 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26860 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26861 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26862 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26863 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26864 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26865 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26866 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26868 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26869 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26870 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26871 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26872 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26873 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26874 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26876 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26877 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26878 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26879 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26880 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26881 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26882 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26883 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26885 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26887 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26888 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26889 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26890 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26894 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26895 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26896 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26898 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26900 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26901 Split current cell vertically.
26902 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26906 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26907 Split current cell horizontally.
26908 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26912 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26913 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26914 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26916 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26918 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26919 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26920 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26921 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26923 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26925 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26926 Justify cell contents.
26927 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26928 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26929 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26930 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26932 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26934 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26935 Justify cells of a row.
26936 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26937 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26939 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26941 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26942 Justify cells of a column.
26943 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26944 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26946 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26948 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26949 Toggle fixing width mode.
26950 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26951 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26952 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26956 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26957 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26958 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26959 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26960 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26961 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26962 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26963 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26964 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26965 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26966 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26968 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26970 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26971 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26972 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26973 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26974 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26975 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26976 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26977 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26978 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26979 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26980 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26981 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26984 References used for this implementation:
26987 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26990 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26992 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26993 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26994 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26996 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26998 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26999 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27000 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27001 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27002 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27003 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27004 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27005 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27006 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27007 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27008 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27009 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27010 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27011 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27012 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27013 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27014 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27019 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27020 (table-forward-cell 15)
27021 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27022 (table-forward-cell 16)
27023 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27024 (table-forward-cell 1)
27025 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27028 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27029 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27030 (table-forward-cell 1)
27031 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27033 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27035 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27036 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27037 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27038 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27039 consists from cells of same height.
27043 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27044 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27045 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27046 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27047 column must consists from cells of same width.
27051 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27052 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27053 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27054 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27055 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27056 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27057 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27058 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27059 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27060 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27061 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27062 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27063 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27064 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27065 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27074 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27075 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27076 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27079 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27081 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27083 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27085 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27089 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27090 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27091 of each row is optional.
27096 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27097 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27098 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27099 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27100 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27102 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27103 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27105 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27106 expression and raw delimiter regular
27107 expression, it parses the specified text
27108 area and extracts cell items from
27109 non-table text and then forms a table out
27112 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27113 creates a single cell table. The text in
27114 the specified region is placed in that
27117 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27120 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27121 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27122 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27124 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27125 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27126 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27127 | area and extracts cell items from |
27128 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27131 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27132 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27133 | the specified region is placed in that |
27135 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27137 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27138 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27141 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27142 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27143 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27144 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27145 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27146 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27147 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27148 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27149 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27151 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27152 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27153 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27154 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27156 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27158 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27159 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27160 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27162 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27164 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27165 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27166 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27167 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27168 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27174 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19562 42953))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27177 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27178 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27180 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27182 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27183 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27189 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19619 52030))
27190 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27192 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27193 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27194 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27195 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27196 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27197 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27198 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27201 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27202 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27203 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27205 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27212 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27213 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19598 13691))
27214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27216 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27217 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27218 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27219 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27220 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27221 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27223 Variables controlling indentation style:
27225 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27226 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27227 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27229 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27230 documentation for details):
27231 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27232 Controls action of TAB key.
27234 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27235 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27236 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27237 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27238 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27240 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27241 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27249 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27250 Run inferior Tcl process.
27251 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27252 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27256 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27257 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27258 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27260 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27264 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19640 47194))
27265 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27266 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27268 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27269 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27270 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27271 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27273 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27274 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27275 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27276 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27277 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27279 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27280 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27282 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27283 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27284 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27285 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27291 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27292 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
27293 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27295 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27296 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27297 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27298 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27299 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27300 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27302 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27304 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27305 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27306 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27307 commands to use in that buffer.
27309 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27311 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27313 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27314 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27316 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27318 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27319 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27320 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27321 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27322 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27323 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27324 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27325 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27326 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27327 use in that buffer.
27328 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27330 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27334 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19591
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27338 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27339 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27340 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27341 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27342 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27343 program as keyboard input.
27345 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27346 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27347 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27348 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27350 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27351 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27352 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27353 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27354 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27356 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27358 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27359 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27360 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27361 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27363 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27364 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27365 subprocess started.
27367 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27371 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27372 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
27373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27375 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27376 Start coverage on function under point.
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19562 42953))
27383 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27385 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27386 Play the Tetris game.
27387 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27388 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27389 as to form complete rows.
27391 tetris-mode keybindings:
27392 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27393 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27394 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27395 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27396 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27397 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27398 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27399 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27400 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27406 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27407 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27408 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27409 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27410 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27411 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27412 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27413 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
27414 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27416 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27417 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27419 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27421 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27422 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27423 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27424 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27425 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27427 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27429 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27430 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27431 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27432 if it matches the first line of the file,
27433 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27435 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27437 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27438 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27439 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27440 if the variable is non-nil.")
27442 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27444 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27445 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27447 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27449 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27450 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27451 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27452 See the documentation of that variable.")
27454 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27456 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27457 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27458 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27459 See the documentation of that variable.")
27461 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27463 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27464 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27465 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27466 See the documentation of that variable.")
27468 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27470 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27471 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27472 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27473 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27474 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27476 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27478 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27479 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27480 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27481 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27483 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27485 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27486 User defined LaTeX block names.
27487 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27489 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27491 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27492 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27493 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27494 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27496 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27498 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27499 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27500 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27501 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27503 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27505 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27506 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27507 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27508 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27510 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27511 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27514 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27515 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27517 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27520 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27522 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27523 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27524 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27525 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27526 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27528 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27530 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27532 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27533 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27534 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27538 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27539 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27540 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27541 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27542 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27544 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27546 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27547 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27549 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27551 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27552 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27554 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27556 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27557 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27558 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27559 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27560 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27561 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27562 says which mode to use.
27566 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27568 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27570 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27572 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27573 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27574 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27575 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27576 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27578 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27579 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27580 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27581 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27582 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27583 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27584 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27586 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27587 mismatched $'s or braces.
27590 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27594 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27596 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27597 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27598 tex-dvi-print-command
27599 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27600 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27601 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27602 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27603 tex-dvi-view-command
27604 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27605 tex-show-queue-command
27606 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27607 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27609 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27610 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27611 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27615 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27616 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27617 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27618 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27619 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27621 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27622 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27623 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27624 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27625 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27626 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27627 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27629 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27630 mismatched $'s or braces.
27637 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27639 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27640 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27641 tex-dvi-print-command
27642 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27644 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27645 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27646 tex-dvi-view-command
27647 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27648 tex-show-queue-command
27649 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27650 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27652 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27653 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27654 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27658 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27659 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27660 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27661 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27662 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27664 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27665 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27666 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27667 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27668 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27669 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27670 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27672 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27673 mismatched $'s or braces.
27676 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27680 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27682 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27683 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27684 tex-dvi-print-command
27685 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27686 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27687 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27688 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27689 tex-dvi-view-command
27690 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27691 tex-show-queue-command
27692 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27693 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27695 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27696 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27697 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27698 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27702 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27707 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27708 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27714 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27715 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19591 62571))
27716 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27718 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27719 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27720 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27721 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27723 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27724 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27725 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27727 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27729 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27730 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27731 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27732 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27733 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27735 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27737 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27738 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27739 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27740 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27742 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27743 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27744 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27745 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27747 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27748 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27750 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27754 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27755 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19598 13691))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27758 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27759 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27761 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27763 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27764 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27766 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27768 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27769 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27771 It has these extra commands:
27772 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27774 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27775 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27776 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27777 modified version of TeX input format.
27779 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27780 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27781 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27782 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27784 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27785 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27786 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27787 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27788 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27789 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27790 in the Texinfo file.
27792 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27793 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27794 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27795 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27796 move forward past the closing brace.
27798 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27799 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27801 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27802 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27803 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27805 Here are the functions:
27807 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27808 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27809 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27811 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27812 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27813 texinfo-master-menu
27815 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27817 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27818 which menu descriptions are indented.
27820 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27821 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27824 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27825 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27826 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27827 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27829 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27830 be the first node in the file.
27832 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27833 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27839 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27840 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27841 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
27842 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27844 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27845 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27846 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27847 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27849 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27851 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27852 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27856 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27857 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27861 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27864 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27868 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27869 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27870 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19562 42953))
27871 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27873 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27874 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27876 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27878 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27879 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27880 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27881 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27882 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27884 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27885 a symbol as a valid THING.
27887 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27888 of the textual entity that was found.
27890 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27892 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27893 Return the THING at point.
27894 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27895 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27896 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27898 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27899 a symbol as a valid THING.
27901 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27903 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27904 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27908 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27909 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27913 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27914 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27918 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27919 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27925 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27926 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27927 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
27928 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27930 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27931 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27935 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27936 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27937 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27938 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27940 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27942 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27943 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27947 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27948 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27952 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27954 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27955 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27961 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27962 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27963 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27964 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27965 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19562
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27969 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27970 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27971 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27975 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27976 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27978 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27980 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27981 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27982 The returned string has no composition information.
27984 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27986 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27987 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27989 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27991 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27992 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27994 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27996 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27997 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27998 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27999 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28001 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28003 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28004 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28005 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28006 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28008 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28010 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28011 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28012 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28016 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28017 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28018 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28022 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28025 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28027 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28030 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28032 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28035 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28039 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28040 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28043 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28044 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28045 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28046 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28048 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28050 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28052 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28053 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28054 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28055 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28057 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28063 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28064 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28065 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19640 47194))
28066 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28068 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28069 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28071 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28072 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28074 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28075 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28076 This display updates automatically every minute.
28077 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28078 are displayed as well.
28079 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28083 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28084 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28085 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28087 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28088 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28090 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28092 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28093 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28094 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28096 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28097 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28098 are displayed as well.
28099 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28103 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28104 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28105 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28106 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28110 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28111 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28112 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28113 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28115 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28117 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28118 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28124 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28125 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28126 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28127 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28128 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
28129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28131 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28132 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28133 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28135 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28136 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28137 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
28139 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28140 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28141 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28143 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28144 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28146 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28148 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28149 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28151 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28153 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28154 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28156 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28158 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28159 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28160 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28162 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28164 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28166 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28167 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28168 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28170 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28172 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28173 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28175 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28177 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28178 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28179 DATE should be a date-time string.
28181 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28183 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28184 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28185 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28187 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28189 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28190 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28192 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28194 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28195 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28197 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28199 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28200 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28201 TIME should be a time value.
28202 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28204 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28206 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28207 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28208 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28210 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28212 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28213 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28214 The valid format specifiers are:
28215 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28216 %d is the number of days.
28217 %h is the number of hours.
28218 %m is the number of minutes.
28219 %s is the number of seconds.
28220 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28221 %% is a literal \"%\".
28223 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28224 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28226 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28227 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28228 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28230 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28231 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28232 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28234 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28236 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28240 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28241 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19562 42953))
28242 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28243 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28244 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28245 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28246 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28247 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28248 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28249 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28250 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28252 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28253 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28254 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28255 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28256 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28257 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28258 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28259 look like one of the following:
28262 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28263 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28264 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28265 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28266 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28267 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28268 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28273 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28274 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28275 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28281 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28282 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28283 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28284 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28285 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28286 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28288 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28289 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28290 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28291 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28292 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28293 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28294 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28295 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28296 display (non-nil means on).
28298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28300 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28301 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28302 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28303 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28304 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28305 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28306 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28307 this function is called within a day.
28309 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28310 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28311 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28312 discover the name of the project.
28314 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28316 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28317 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28318 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28319 begun during the last time segment.
28321 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28322 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28323 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28324 discover the reason.
28326 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28328 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28329 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28330 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28331 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28332 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28334 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28336 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28337 Change to working on a different project.
28338 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28339 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28340 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28343 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28345 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28346 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28347 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28351 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28352 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28353 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28357 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28358 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28359 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28360 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28361 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28362 \"relative to today\".
28364 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28366 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28367 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28368 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28369 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28371 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28373 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28374 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28375 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28376 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28377 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28378 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28380 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28384 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28385 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19640 47194))
28386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28388 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28389 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28390 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28391 the generated Quail package is saved.
28393 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28395 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28396 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28397 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28398 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28399 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28400 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28401 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28403 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28407 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28408 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19562 42953))
28409 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28410 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28411 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28413 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28414 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28415 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28416 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28417 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28419 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28421 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28422 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28423 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28424 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28425 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28429 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28430 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28431 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28432 in the menu in two ways:
28433 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28434 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28435 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28437 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28438 keymap or an alist of alists.
28439 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28440 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28442 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28446 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28447 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28448 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19562 42953))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28451 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28452 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28454 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28456 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28457 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28459 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28461 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28462 Insert new TODO list entry.
28463 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28468 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28469 List top priorities for each category.
28471 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28472 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28474 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28475 between each category.
28476 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28478 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28480 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28481 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28482 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28483 between each category.
28485 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28487 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28489 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28490 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28494 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28495 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28499 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28506 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28507 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28508 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19619 52030))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28511 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28512 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28513 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28517 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28518 Add an item to the tool bar.
28519 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28520 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28521 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28522 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28524 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28525 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28526 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28527 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28529 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28530 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28532 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28534 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28535 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28536 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28537 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28538 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28539 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28541 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28542 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28543 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28544 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28546 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28548 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28549 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28550 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28551 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28552 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28553 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28554 properties to add to the binding.
28556 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28558 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28559 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28561 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28563 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28564 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28565 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28566 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28567 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28568 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28569 properties to add to the binding.
28571 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28574 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28578 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28579 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28582 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28583 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28584 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28587 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28589 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28591 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28596 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28598 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28599 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28605 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28606 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
28607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28609 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28610 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28612 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28613 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28614 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28615 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28616 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28618 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28619 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28620 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28621 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28622 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28624 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28629 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28630 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28631 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28632 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28633 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28634 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28640 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19562 42953))
28641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28643 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28644 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28645 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28646 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28647 to a tcp server on another machine.
28649 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28653 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28654 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19591 62571))
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28657 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28658 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28660 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28662 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28663 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28664 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28665 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28666 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28667 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28668 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28669 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28671 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28673 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28674 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28675 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28676 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28677 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28678 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28679 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28680 the window or buffer configuration.
28682 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28684 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28689 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28690 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28691 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19640 47194))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28694 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28695 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28696 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28698 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28700 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28701 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28703 It can have the following values:
28705 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28706 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28707 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28709 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28711 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28712 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28713 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28714 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28716 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28718 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28719 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28720 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28721 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28723 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28724 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28725 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28727 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28728 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28729 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28730 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28731 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28732 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28733 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28734 files which are not really Tramp files.
28736 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28737 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28738 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28739 updated after changing this variable.
28741 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28743 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28744 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28745 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28746 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28748 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28749 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28750 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28751 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28753 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28755 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28756 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28757 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28758 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28760 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28761 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28762 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28764 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28765 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28766 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28768 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28769 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28770 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28771 updated after changing this variable.
28773 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28775 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28776 Alist of completion handler functions.
28777 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28778 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28779 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28781 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28782 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28783 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28784 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28786 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28787 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28788 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28789 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28791 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28792 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28793 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28795 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28797 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28798 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28799 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28801 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28802 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28804 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28806 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28811 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28812 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28814 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28816 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28817 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28819 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28821 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28822 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28828 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28829 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
28830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28832 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28839 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19598
28841 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28843 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28844 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28845 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28846 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28847 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28848 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28849 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28850 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28852 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28853 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28854 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28856 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28857 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28860 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28864 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28865 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28868 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28871 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28875 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28876 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19619 52030))
28877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28878 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28879 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28880 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28882 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28883 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28884 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28885 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28886 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28887 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28888 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28890 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28892 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28893 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28894 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28895 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28897 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28901 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28902 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28903 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28904 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28905 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28906 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28907 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28909 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28910 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28912 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28915 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28917 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28923 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28924 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28925 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28926 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28927 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28930 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28931 Toggle typing break mode.
28932 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28934 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28936 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28938 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28939 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28941 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28943 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28944 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28946 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28947 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28948 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28950 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28951 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28953 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28955 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28956 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28958 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28959 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28960 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28961 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28963 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28965 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28966 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28967 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28969 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28970 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28971 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28972 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28973 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28974 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28976 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28977 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28978 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28979 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28981 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28982 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28984 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28985 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28987 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28989 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28990 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28991 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28993 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28994 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28995 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28996 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28997 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28998 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28999 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29001 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29002 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29004 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29005 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29006 reset the keystroke counter.
29008 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29009 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29010 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29011 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29013 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29014 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29015 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29016 `type-break-schedule' command.
29018 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29019 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29020 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29021 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29022 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29023 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29024 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29025 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29026 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29028 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29029 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29030 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29031 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29032 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29034 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29035 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29036 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29037 approximate good values for this.
29039 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29040 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29042 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29043 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29044 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29045 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29046 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29047 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29049 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29050 a typing break occur. They include:
29052 `type-break-query-mode'
29053 `type-break-query-function'
29054 `type-break-query-interval'
29056 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29058 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29059 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29060 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29063 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29065 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29066 Take a typing break.
29068 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29069 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29071 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29072 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29076 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29077 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29078 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29079 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29083 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29084 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29086 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29087 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29088 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29089 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29090 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29091 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29092 average typing speed.)
29094 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29095 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29096 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29097 the computed maximum threshold.
29099 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29100 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29101 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29102 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29103 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29105 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29109 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19562 42953))
29110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29112 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29113 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29114 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29115 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29116 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29118 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29122 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29123 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29124 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29125 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29126 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29127 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19619 52030))
29128 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29130 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29131 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29135 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29136 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29138 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29140 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29141 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29143 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29145 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29146 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29148 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29150 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29151 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29155 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29156 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29158 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29160 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29161 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29163 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29165 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29166 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29168 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29170 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29171 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29173 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29175 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29176 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29178 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29180 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29181 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29183 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29185 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29186 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29188 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29192 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29193 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19562 42953))
29194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29196 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29197 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29198 Works by overstriking underscores.
29199 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29200 which specify the range to operate on.
29202 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29204 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29205 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29206 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29207 which specify the range to operate on.
29209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29213 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29214 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29217 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29218 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29219 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29220 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29221 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29222 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29226 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29227 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29229 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29233 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19562
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29237 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29238 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29239 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29240 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29242 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29246 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29247 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19640 47194))
29248 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29250 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29251 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29252 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29254 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29255 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29256 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29257 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29258 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29259 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29261 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29262 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29263 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29265 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29266 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29267 the callback is not called).
29269 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29270 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29271 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29274 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29276 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29278 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29279 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29280 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29281 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29282 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29284 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29288 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29289 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19562 42953))
29290 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29292 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29293 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29294 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29296 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29297 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29298 `url-generic-parse-url'
29299 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29300 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29301 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29303 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29304 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29305 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29306 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29307 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29308 what type of auth to use
29309 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29310 if one cannot be found in the cache
29312 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29314 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29315 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29317 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29318 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29319 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29320 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29321 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29322 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29323 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29324 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29326 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29330 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29331 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19640 47194))
29332 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29334 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29335 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29337 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29339 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29340 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29341 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29345 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29346 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29348 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29352 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19562 42953))
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29355 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29358 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29362 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29363 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19591 62571))
29364 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29366 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29371 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29374 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29378 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19591
29380 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29382 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29383 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29385 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29389 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29390 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19640 47194))
29391 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29393 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29394 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29398 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29399 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29400 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29401 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29402 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29404 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29408 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29409 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29410 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
29411 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29413 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29414 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29415 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29418 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29420 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29422 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29423 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29427 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29428 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29429 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29430 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29432 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29434 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29435 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29436 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29437 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29438 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29439 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29440 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29441 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29442 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29443 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29445 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29447 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29448 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29449 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29452 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29454 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29457 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29461 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29462 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19640 47194))
29463 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29465 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29466 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29467 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29468 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29469 CBARGS as the arguments.
29471 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29473 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29476 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29478 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29480 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29483 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29485 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29486 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29487 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29489 Property list members:
29492 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29496 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29500 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29503 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29506 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29507 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29508 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29513 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29514 Default HTTPS port.")
29516 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29517 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29518 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29520 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29521 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29522 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29523 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29524 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29528 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19598 13691))
29529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29531 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29534 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29538 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19562
29540 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29542 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29543 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29544 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29545 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29546 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29548 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29552 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29553 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29554 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29556 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29559 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29561 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29562 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29568 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29569 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19562 42953))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29572 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29573 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29577 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29578 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29582 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29587 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29589 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29591 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29593 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29594 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29600 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29601 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29602 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29604 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29609 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29612 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29616 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29617 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29618 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29621 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29624 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29626 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29629 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29631 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29634 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29636 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29639 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29641 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29644 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29646 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29649 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29651 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29654 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29658 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29659 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19640 47194))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29662 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29663 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29665 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29667 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29668 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29669 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29670 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29672 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29677 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29680 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29681 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29687 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29688 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29689 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29690 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29691 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29692 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29693 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19640 47194))
29694 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29696 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29697 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29698 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29700 If t, all messages will be logged.
29701 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29702 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29704 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29706 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29709 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29711 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29714 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29716 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29717 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29718 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29719 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29720 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29726 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29728 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29729 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29730 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29732 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29734 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29735 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29736 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29738 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29740 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29741 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29743 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29745 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29746 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29750 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29751 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29755 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29760 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29763 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29765 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29768 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29770 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29772 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29773 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29775 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29777 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29778 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29780 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29782 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29785 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29787 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29788 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29789 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29790 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29791 forbidden in URL encoding.
29793 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29795 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29796 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29797 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29798 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29799 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29800 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29802 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29804 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29805 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29806 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29807 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29809 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29811 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29812 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29813 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29815 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29817 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29818 View the current document's URL.
29819 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29822 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29824 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29828 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29829 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19562 42953))
29830 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29832 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29833 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29834 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29835 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29836 to refrain from editing the file
29837 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29838 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29839 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29840 in any way you like.
29842 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29844 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29845 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29846 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29847 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29848 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29850 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29851 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29857 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29858 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29859 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19562 42953))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29862 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29865 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29867 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29870 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29872 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29875 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29877 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29880 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29884 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19619 52030))
29885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29887 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29888 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29890 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29894 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29895 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29896 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29899 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29900 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29901 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29902 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29904 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29906 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29907 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29908 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29910 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29912 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29913 Uudecode region between START and END.
29914 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29916 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29920 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29921 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29922 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29923 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29924 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29925 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29926 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19640 47194))
29927 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29929 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29930 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29933 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29935 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29936 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29937 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29939 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29941 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29942 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29945 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29947 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29948 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29949 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29951 For locking systems:
29952 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29954 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29955 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29956 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29957 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29958 it performs a revert on that file.
29959 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29960 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29961 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29962 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29963 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29964 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29965 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29967 For merging systems:
29968 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29969 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29970 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29971 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29972 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29973 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29974 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29975 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29976 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29978 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29980 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29981 Register into a version control system.
29982 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29983 Otherwise register the current file.
29984 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29985 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29987 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29988 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29989 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29990 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29991 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29992 first backend that could register the file is used.
29994 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29996 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29997 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29999 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30001 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30002 Display diffs between file revisions.
30003 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30004 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30005 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30007 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30010 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30012 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30013 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30014 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30015 fileset with the working revision.
30016 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30017 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30019 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30022 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30024 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30025 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30026 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30027 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30031 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30032 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30033 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30034 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30038 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30039 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30040 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30041 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30042 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30043 from the current branch.
30045 See Info node `Merging'.
30049 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30051 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30052 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30053 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30054 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30055 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30056 checked out in that new branch.
30058 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30060 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30061 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30062 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30063 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30064 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30065 allowed and simply skipped).
30067 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30069 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30070 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30071 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30072 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30073 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30075 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30076 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30078 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30080 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30081 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30082 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30083 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30084 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30086 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30088 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30089 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30090 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30092 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30094 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30095 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30096 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30098 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30100 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30101 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30102 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30103 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30107 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30108 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30109 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30110 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30114 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30116 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30117 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30118 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30119 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30120 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30121 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30125 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30126 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30127 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30128 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30129 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30130 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30131 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30133 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30135 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30136 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30137 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30138 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30139 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30140 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30141 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30142 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30143 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30145 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30147 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30148 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30152 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30153 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30155 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30157 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30158 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30159 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30162 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30164 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30165 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30166 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30168 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30169 log entries should be gathered.
30171 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30173 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30174 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30176 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30180 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30181 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30182 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30184 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30185 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30187 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30188 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30189 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30190 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30191 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30192 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30194 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30195 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30196 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30197 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30198 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30199 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30200 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30201 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30203 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30205 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30207 Customization variables:
30209 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30210 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30211 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30212 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30214 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19598 13691))
30219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30220 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30221 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30224 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19598 13691))
30229 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30231 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30232 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30234 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30235 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30236 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30239 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19640 47194))
30244 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30245 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30246 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30247 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30249 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30253 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19598 13691))
30254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30256 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30257 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30258 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30259 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30260 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30262 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30263 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30264 The file lines appear later.
30266 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30267 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30269 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30271 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30273 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30277 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30278 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30279 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30281 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30282 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30283 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30284 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30285 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30286 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30287 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30288 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30289 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30290 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30291 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30292 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30293 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30294 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30295 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30297 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19598 13691))
30302 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30303 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30304 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30305 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30308 (vc-git-registered file))))
30312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19619 52030))
30313 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30314 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30315 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30316 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30319 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hooks" "vc/vc-hooks.el" (19640 47194))
30324 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hooks.el
30326 (put 'vc-mode 'risky-local-variable t)
30330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19598 13691))
30331 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30333 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30335 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30336 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30337 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30340 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30344 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30345 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
30346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30348 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30349 Where to look for RCS master files.
30350 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30352 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30354 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30358 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30359 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
30360 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30362 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30363 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30364 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30366 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30367 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30369 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30370 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30371 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30372 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19640 47194))
30377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30378 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30379 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30380 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30383 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30384 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30385 (file-name-directory f)))
30387 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30391 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30392 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
30393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30394 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30396 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30397 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30402 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30403 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30404 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30405 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30407 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30408 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30409 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30412 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30413 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30415 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30416 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30418 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30419 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30420 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30422 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30428 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30429 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30431 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30433 Official distribution is at
30434 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30437 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30438 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30449 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30450 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
30451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30453 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30454 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30455 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30456 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30457 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30459 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30461 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30464 Supports highlighting.
30466 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30467 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30469 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30471 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30472 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30473 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30474 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30475 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30476 on the left side of your screen.
30477 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30478 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30479 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30480 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30481 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30482 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30484 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30485 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30486 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30487 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30490 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30491 Indentation for case statements.
30492 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30493 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30495 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30496 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30497 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30498 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30499 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30500 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30501 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30502 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30503 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30505 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30509 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30510 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30511 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30512 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30513 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30514 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30515 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30516 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30517 comments in tight quarters.
30518 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30519 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30521 Variables controlling other actions:
30523 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30524 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30525 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30527 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30529 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30531 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30532 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30533 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30535 Some other functions are:
30537 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30538 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30539 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30540 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30541 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30543 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30544 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30545 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30546 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30548 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30549 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30550 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30551 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30552 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30553 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30554 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30555 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30556 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30557 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30558 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30559 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30560 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30561 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30562 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30563 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30564 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30565 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30566 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30567 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30568 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30569 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30570 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30571 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30572 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30573 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30574 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30575 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30577 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30578 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30580 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30586 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30587 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30590 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30591 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30596 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30597 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30598 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30599 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30600 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30601 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30602 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30603 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30604 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30606 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30607 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30608 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30609 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30611 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30612 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30613 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30614 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30615 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30617 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30618 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30622 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30623 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30624 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30628 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30629 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30630 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30631 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30633 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30634 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30635 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30636 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30637 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30641 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30642 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30643 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30644 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30646 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30647 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30648 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30649 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30650 beginning with \"std\").
30652 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30653 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30654 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30659 `--' puts a single comment.
30660 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30661 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30662 with a comment in between.
30663 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30664 out following lines.
30665 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30666 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30668 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30669 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30670 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30671 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30672 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30675 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30676 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30677 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30678 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30679 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30680 multi-line comments.
30684 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30685 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30686 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30687 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30689 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30690 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30691 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30692 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30694 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30695 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30698 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30699 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30703 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30704 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30705 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30706 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30707 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30708 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30709 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30710 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30712 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30713 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30714 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30715 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30716 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30719 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30720 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30721 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30723 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30724 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30728 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30729 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30730 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30731 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30732 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30733 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30736 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30737 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30738 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30739 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30742 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30746 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30747 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30748 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30749 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30750 internal signal initializations (menu).
30752 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30753 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30754 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30756 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30757 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30758 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30759 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30760 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30761 in subsequent paste operations.)
30763 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30764 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30765 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30768 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30769 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30770 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30771 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30772 association list with formals).
30775 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30776 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30777 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30778 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30779 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30780 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30781 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30782 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30787 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30791 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30795 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30796 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30797 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30799 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30800 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30803 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30804 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30805 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30806 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30808 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30809 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30810 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30812 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30813 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30814 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30815 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30817 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30818 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30819 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30820 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30821 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30823 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30824 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30825 required by secondary units.
30828 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30829 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30830 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30831 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30832 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30833 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30834 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30835 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30836 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30837 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30838 inputs to this component -> input port created
30839 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30840 outputs from this component -> output port created
30841 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30842 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30844 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30845 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30846 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30847 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30848 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30850 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30851 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30853 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30854 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30855 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30856 component instantiation is also supported (option
30857 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30859 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30860 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30861 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30862 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30863 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30864 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30865 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30866 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30867 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30868 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30869 | generating the configuration.
30871 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30872 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30873 | configurations in speedbar.
30875 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30878 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30879 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30880 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30881 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30882 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30883 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30884 information. New compilers can be added.
30886 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30887 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30890 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30891 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30892 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30893 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30894 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30896 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30899 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30900 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30901 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30903 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30904 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30905 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30906 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30907 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30908 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30909 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30912 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30913 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30914 not (yet) supported.
30915 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30916 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30917 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30921 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30922 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30923 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30924 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30925 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30926 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30927 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30928 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30930 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30931 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30932 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30933 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30934 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30935 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30936 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30937 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30938 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30939 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30940 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30944 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30945 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30946 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30947 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30948 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30949 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30950 current directory for VHDL source files.
30954 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30955 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30959 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30960 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30961 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30962 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30963 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30964 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30965 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30966 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30969 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30970 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30971 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30972 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30973 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30974 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30975 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30977 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30978 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30979 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30980 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30981 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30982 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30984 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30985 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30986 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30987 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30988 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30991 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30992 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30993 highlighted if written in lower case.
30995 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30996 highlighted using a different background color if option
30997 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30999 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31000 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31001 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31002 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31003 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31007 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31008 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31009 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31013 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31014 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31015 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31016 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31017 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31021 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31022 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31024 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31025 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31026 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31027 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31028 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31029 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31030 (used to obtain the port names).
31034 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31035 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31039 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31040 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31041 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31042 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31043 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31044 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31045 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31050 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31051 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31052 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31053 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31054 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31056 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31057 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31058 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31059 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31060 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31063 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31064 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31068 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31069 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31070 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31072 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31076 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31077 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31079 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31081 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31083 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31087 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31093 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31094 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31096 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31098 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31099 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31100 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31101 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31103 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31104 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31105 where the latest version can be found.
31111 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31112 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31113 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31116 The VHDL Mode Authors
31117 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31128 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19562 42953))
31129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31131 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31132 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31133 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31134 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31136 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31137 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31138 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31139 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31140 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31142 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31143 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31145 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31147 * Limitations and unsupported features
31148 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31150 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31151 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31154 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31155 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31156 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31157 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31158 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31159 for undoing a repeated change command.
31160 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31161 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31162 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31165 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31166 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31167 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31168 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31169 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31170 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31171 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31172 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31174 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31180 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31181 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31182 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31183 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19562 42953))
31184 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31186 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31187 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31189 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31191 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31192 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31193 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31194 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31196 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31198 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31199 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31203 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31204 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31205 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31206 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31208 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31210 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31211 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31215 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31218 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31220 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31223 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31227 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31228 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31229 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31230 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31231 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19562 42953))
31232 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31234 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31235 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31236 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31238 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31240 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31241 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31242 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31243 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31245 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31247 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31248 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31250 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31252 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31253 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31254 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31255 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31256 moving around in the buffer.
31257 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31258 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31260 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31264 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31265 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31266 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31267 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31269 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31270 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31271 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31272 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31273 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31275 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31279 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31280 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31281 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31282 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31285 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31286 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31287 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31288 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31289 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31291 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31295 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31296 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31297 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31298 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31299 moving around in the buffer.
31300 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31301 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31303 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31305 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31306 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31307 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31309 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31310 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31311 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31312 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31314 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31316 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31317 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31318 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31319 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31320 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31321 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31322 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31323 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31325 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31327 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31328 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31329 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31331 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31333 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31334 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31335 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31336 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31337 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31338 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31339 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31340 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31342 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31344 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31345 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31346 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31348 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31350 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31351 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31352 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31355 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31356 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31357 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31360 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31361 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31362 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31363 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31364 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31366 H, h, ? This message.
31367 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31368 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31369 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31370 > move to the end of buffer.
31371 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31372 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31373 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31374 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31375 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31376 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31377 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31378 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31379 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31380 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31381 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31382 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31383 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31384 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31385 Use this to view a changing file.
31386 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31387 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31388 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31390 x exchanges point and mark.
31391 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31392 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31393 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31394 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31395 ' go to position saved in character register.
31396 s do forward incremental search.
31397 r do reverse incremental search.
31398 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31399 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31400 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31401 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31402 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31403 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31404 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31405 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31406 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31407 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31408 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31409 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31410 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31411 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31412 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31413 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31414 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31416 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31417 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31418 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31419 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31420 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31421 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31422 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31423 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31424 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31426 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31430 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31431 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31432 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31433 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31434 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31435 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31436 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31437 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31438 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31440 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31442 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31443 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31444 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31445 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31446 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31447 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31448 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31450 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31451 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31452 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31453 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31454 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31456 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31457 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31459 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31460 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31461 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31462 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31464 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31466 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31468 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31470 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31471 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31477 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19619
31479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31481 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31482 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31486 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31487 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31493 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31494 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
31495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31497 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31498 Toggle Viper on/off.
31499 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31503 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31504 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31510 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31511 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
31512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31514 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31515 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31516 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31517 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31518 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31519 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31520 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31521 the beginning of the warning.")
31523 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31524 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31525 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31526 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31527 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31528 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31529 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31530 also call that function before the next warning.")
31532 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31533 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31535 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31536 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31537 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31538 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31540 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31541 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31542 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31543 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31544 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31545 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31547 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31548 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31549 Default is :warning.
31551 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31552 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31553 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31554 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31555 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31556 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31558 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31559 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31560 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31562 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31564 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31565 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31567 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31569 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31570 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31571 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31572 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31574 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31575 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31576 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31577 can be whatever you like.)
31579 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31580 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31582 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31583 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31584 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31585 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31586 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31588 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31590 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31591 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31592 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31593 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31594 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31596 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31600 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31601 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
31602 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31604 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31605 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31606 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31607 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31608 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31617 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19562 42953))
31618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31620 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31621 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31623 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31626 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31633 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31634 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
31635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31636 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31637 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31639 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31641 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31642 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31643 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31646 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31648 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31650 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31651 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31652 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31653 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31655 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31662 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31663 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31664 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31665 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19598 13691))
31666 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31668 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31669 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31671 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31672 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31673 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31675 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31676 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31680 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31681 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31683 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31684 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31685 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31687 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31688 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31689 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31690 use `whitespace-mode'.
31692 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31696 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31697 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31698 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31701 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31703 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31705 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31706 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31708 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31709 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31710 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31712 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31713 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31717 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31718 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31719 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31721 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31722 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31724 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31726 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31727 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31729 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31730 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31731 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31733 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31734 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31735 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31736 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31738 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31742 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31743 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31745 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31746 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31748 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31749 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31751 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31755 f toggle face visualization
31756 t toggle TAB visualization
31757 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31758 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31759 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31760 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31761 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31762 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31763 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31764 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31765 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31766 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31767 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31768 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31769 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31770 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31771 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31773 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31774 T toggle TAB visualization
31775 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31776 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31778 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31779 ? display brief help
31781 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31782 The valid symbols are:
31784 face toggle face visualization
31785 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31786 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31787 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31788 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31789 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31790 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31791 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31792 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31793 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31794 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31795 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31796 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31797 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31798 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31799 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31800 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31802 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31803 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31804 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31806 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31808 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31812 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31813 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31815 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31816 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31818 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31819 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31821 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31825 f toggle face visualization
31826 t toggle TAB visualization
31827 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31828 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31829 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31830 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31831 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31832 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31833 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31834 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31835 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31836 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31837 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31838 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31839 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31840 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31841 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31843 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31844 T toggle TAB visualization
31845 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31846 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31848 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31849 ? display brief help
31851 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31852 The valid symbols are:
31854 face toggle face visualization
31855 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31856 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31857 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31858 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31859 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31860 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31861 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31862 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31863 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31864 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31865 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31866 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31867 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31868 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31869 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31870 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31872 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31873 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31874 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31876 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31878 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31882 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31883 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31885 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31886 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31887 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31888 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31889 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31891 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31893 The problems cleaned up are:
31895 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31896 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31897 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31898 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31900 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31901 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31902 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31903 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31906 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31907 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31908 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31910 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31911 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31912 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31913 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31914 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31915 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31916 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31917 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31919 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31920 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31921 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31923 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31924 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31925 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31926 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31927 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31928 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31929 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31930 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31932 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31937 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31938 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31940 The problems cleaned up are:
31942 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31943 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31944 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31945 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31948 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31950 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31952 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31954 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31955 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31957 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31958 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31959 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31961 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31963 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31965 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31967 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31968 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31969 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31970 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31971 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31972 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31974 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31979 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31980 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31982 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31985 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31986 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31987 `whitespace-style' to have:
31995 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31996 whitespace problems in buffer.
31998 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32000 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32001 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32002 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32003 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32004 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32005 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32006 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32008 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32009 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32010 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32011 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32012 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32013 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32014 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32016 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32017 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32018 cleaning up these problems.
32020 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32022 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32023 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32025 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32028 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32029 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32030 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32038 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32039 whitespace problems in buffer.
32041 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32043 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32044 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32045 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32046 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32047 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32048 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32049 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32051 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32052 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32053 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32054 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32055 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32056 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32057 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32059 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32060 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32061 cleaning up these problems.
32063 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32067 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32068 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19598 13691))
32069 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32071 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32072 Browse the widget under point.
32076 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32077 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32079 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32081 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32082 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32084 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32086 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32087 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32088 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32094 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32095 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19640
32097 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32099 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32100 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32102 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32104 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32105 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32106 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32108 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32110 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32111 Create widget of TYPE.
32112 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32114 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32116 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32119 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32121 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32122 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32124 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32126 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32127 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32128 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32129 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32131 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32132 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32138 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32139 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19562
32141 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32143 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32144 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32145 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32146 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32147 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32148 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32149 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32153 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32154 Select the window above the current one.
32155 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32156 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32157 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32158 negative ARG) of the current window.
32159 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32163 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32164 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32165 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32166 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32167 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32168 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32169 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32173 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32174 Select the window below the current one.
32175 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32176 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32177 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32178 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32179 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32183 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32184 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32185 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32186 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32188 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "window" "window.el" (19619 52030))
32193 ;;; Generated autoloads from window.el
32195 (put 'special-display-buffer-names 'risky-local-variable t)
32199 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32200 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
32201 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32203 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32204 Toggle Winner mode.
32205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32206 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32208 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32210 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32211 Toggle Winner mode.
32212 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32218 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32219 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19619 52030))
32220 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32222 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32223 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32224 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32225 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32226 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32228 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32230 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32231 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32232 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32233 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32234 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32235 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32236 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32237 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32239 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32240 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32242 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32244 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32245 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32249 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32250 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32251 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32252 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32253 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32254 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32255 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32256 `woman' command for further details.
32258 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32260 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32261 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32263 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32267 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32268 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
32269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32271 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32272 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32275 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32276 are not implemented
32277 - Options for search and replace
32278 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32279 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32281 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32284 The key bindings are:
32294 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32296 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32297 C-l ws-repeat-search
32300 C-r scroll-down-line
32307 C-y kill-complete-line
32310 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32311 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32312 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32313 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32314 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32315 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32316 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32317 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32318 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32319 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32320 C-k b ws-begin-block
32321 C-k c ws-copy-block
32322 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32324 C-k h ws-show-markers
32325 C-k i ws-indent-block
32327 C-k p ws-print-block
32330 C-k s save-some-buffers
32332 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32333 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32334 C-k v ws-move-block
32335 C-k w ws-write-block
32337 C-k y ws-delete-block
32339 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32340 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32341 C-o j justify-current-line
32344 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32345 C-o r set-fill-column
32346 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32347 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32348 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32349 C-o wo other-window
32350 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32352 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32353 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32354 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32355 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32356 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32357 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32358 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32359 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32360 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32361 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32362 C-q a ws-query-replace
32363 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32364 C-q c end-of-buffer
32367 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32369 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32370 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32371 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32372 C-q w ws-last-error
32374 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32380 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19562 42953))
32381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32383 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32384 Perform an interactive search.
32385 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32386 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32387 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32388 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32390 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32393 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32395 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32399 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32400 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
32401 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32403 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32404 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32405 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32406 Returns the top node with all its children.
32407 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32408 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32410 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32412 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32413 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32414 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32415 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32416 is not well-formed XML.
32417 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32418 and returned as the first element of the list.
32419 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32421 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32425 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32426 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19562 42953))
32427 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32429 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32430 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32431 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32432 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32433 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32434 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32435 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32436 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32437 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32438 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32440 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32444 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19562
32446 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32448 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32449 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32450 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32453 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32455 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32457 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32458 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32459 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32462 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32463 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32464 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32465 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32466 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32467 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32473 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32474 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19598 13691))
32475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32477 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32478 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32482 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32483 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32489 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32490 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19562 42953))
32491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32493 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32494 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32496 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32498 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32499 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32501 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32503 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32504 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32505 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32507 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32509 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32510 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32516 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19562 42953))
32517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32519 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32520 Zone out, completely.
32526 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "button.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-lexbind.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-lock.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/burmese.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "saveplace.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "themes/tango-dark-theme.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "themes/tango-theme.el" "themes/wheatgrass-theme.el" "timezone.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "x-dnd.el") (19640 50567 802767))
32751 (provide 'loaddefs)
32752 ;; Local Variables:
32753 ;; version-control: never
32754 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32755 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32758 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here